SemaDecl.cpp revision dcf1011876d8a472aeb05617c1a84c3d74fbd7ce
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 21#include "clang/AST/APValue.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 23#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 27#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 28#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 29#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 30#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 31#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 32#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 34#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 38// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 39#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 40#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 41#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 42#include <algorithm> 43#include <cstring> 44#include <functional> 45using namespace clang; 46using namespace sema; 47 48Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 49 if (OwnedType) { 50 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 51 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 52 } 53 54 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 55} 56 57/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 58/// return the declaration of that type. 59/// 60/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 61/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 62/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 63/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 64/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 65/// 66/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 67/// and then return NULL. 68ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 69 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 70 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 71 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 72 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 73 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 74 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 75 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 76 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 77 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 78 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 79 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 80 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 81 82 if (!LookupCtx) { 83 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 84 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 85 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 86 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 87 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 88 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 89 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 90 // 91 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 92 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 93 if (!isClassName) 94 return ParsedType(); 95 96 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 97 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 98 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 99 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 100 101 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 102 QualType T = 103 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 104 II, NameLoc); 105 106 return ParsedType::make(T); 107 } 108 109 return ParsedType(); 110 } 111 112 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 113 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 114 return ParsedType(); 115 } 116 117 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 118 // lookup for class-names. 119 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 120 LookupOrdinaryName; 121 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 122 if (LookupCtx) { 123 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 124 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 125 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 126 // nested-name-specifier. 127 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 128 129 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 130 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 131 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 132 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 133 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 134 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 135 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 136 LookupName(Result, S); 137 } 138 } else { 139 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 140 LookupName(Result, S); 141 } 142 143 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 144 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 145 case LookupResult::NotFound: 146 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 147 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 148 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 149 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 150 return ParsedType(); 151 152 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 153 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 154 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 155 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 156 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 157 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 158 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 159 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 160 return ParsedType(); 161 } 162 163 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 164 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 165 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 166 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 167 if (!IIDecl || 168 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 169 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 170 IIDecl = *Res; 171 } 172 } 173 174 if (!IIDecl) { 175 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 176 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 177 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 178 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 179 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 180 // a type name. 181 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 182 return ParsedType(); 183 } 184 185 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 186 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 187 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 188 // perform the name lookup again. 189 break; 190 191 case LookupResult::Found: 192 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 193 break; 194 } 195 196 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 197 198 QualType T; 199 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 200 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 201 202 if (T.isNull()) 203 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 204 205 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 206 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 207 // Construct a type with type-source information. 208 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 209 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 210 211 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 212 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 213 ElabTL.setKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 214 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 215 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 216 } else { 217 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 218 } 219 } 220 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 221 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 222 if (!HasTrailingDot) 223 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 224 } 225 226 if (T.isNull()) { 227 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 228 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 229 return ParsedType(); 230 } 231 return ParsedType::make(T); 232} 233 234/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 235/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 236/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 237/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 238/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 239DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 240 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 241 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 242 LookupName(R, S, false); 243 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 244 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 245 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 246 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 247 default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 248 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 249 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 250 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 251 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 252 } 253 } 254 255 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 256} 257 258/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 259/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 260/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 261/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 262/// @code 263/// template<class T> class A { 264/// public: 265/// typedef int TYPE; 266/// }; 267/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 268/// public: 269/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 270/// }; 271/// @endcode 272bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS) { 273 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 274 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 275 276 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 277 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 278 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 279 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 280 return true; 281 } 282 return false; 283} 284 285bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 286 SourceLocation IILoc, 287 Scope *S, 288 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 289 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 290 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 291 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 292 293 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 294 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 295 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, IILoc), 296 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, NULL, 297 false, CTC_Type)) { 298 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions())); 299 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions())); 300 301 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 302 // We corrected to a keyword. 303 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 304 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 305 << &II << CorrectedQuotedStr; 306 return true; 307 } else { 308 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 309 if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) && 310 !Result->isInvalidDecl()) { 311 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 312 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 313 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 314 << &II << CorrectedQuotedStr 315 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 316 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 317 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 318 << &II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 319 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 320 else 321 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 322 323 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 324 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 325 326 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 327 false, false, ParsedType(), 328 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 329 return true; 330 } 331 } 332 } 333 334 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 335 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 336 UnqualifiedId Name; 337 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 338 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 339 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 340 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 341 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 342 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 343 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 344 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 345 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 346 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 347 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 348 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 349 } 350 return true; 351 } 352 } 353 354 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 355 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 356 357 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 358 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 359 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 360 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 361 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 362 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 363 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 364 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS)) 365 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 366 367 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 368 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 369 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 370 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 371 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc).get(); 372 } else { 373 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 374 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 375 } 376 377 return true; 378} 379 380/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 381/// or 382static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 383 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 384 NextToken.is(tok::less); 385 386 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 387 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 388 return true; 389 390 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 391 return true; 392 } 393 394 return false; 395} 396 397Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 398 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 399 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 400 SourceLocation NameLoc, 401 const Token &NextToken) { 402 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 403 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 404 405 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 406 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 407 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 408 409 } 410 411 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 412 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 413 414 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 415 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 416 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 417 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 418 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 419 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 420 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 421 return E; 422 423 // Synthesize ivars lazily. 424 if (getLangOptions().ObjCDefaultSynthProperties && 425 getLangOptions().ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 426 if (SynthesizeProvisionalIvar(Result, Name, NameLoc)) { 427 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = 428 canSynthesizeProvisionalIvar(Name)) { 429 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_synthesized_ivar_access) << Name; 430 Diag(Property->getLocation(), diag::note_property_declare); 431 } 432 433 // FIXME: This is strange. Shouldn't we just take the ivar returned 434 // from SynthesizeProvisionalIvar and continue with that? 435 E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 436 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 437 return E; 438 } 439 } 440 } 441 442 bool SecondTry = false; 443 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 444 445Corrected: 446 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 447 case LookupResult::NotFound: 448 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 449 // call. 450 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 451 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 452 // FIXME: Reference? 453 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 454 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 455 456 // C90 6.3.2.2: 457 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 458 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 459 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 460 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 461 // the function call, the declaration 462 // 463 // extern int identifier (); 464 // 465 // appeared. 466 // 467 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 468 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 469 Result.addDecl(D); 470 Result.resolveKind(); 471 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 472 } 473 } 474 475 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 476 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 477 // "struct", or "union". 478 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry) { 479 Result.clear(LookupTagName); 480 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 481 if (TagDecl *Tag = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 482 const char *TagName = 0; 483 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 484 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 485 case TTK_Class: 486 TagName = "class"; 487 FixItTagName = "class "; 488 break; 489 490 case TTK_Enum: 491 TagName = "enum"; 492 FixItTagName = "enum "; 493 break; 494 495 case TTK_Struct: 496 TagName = "struct"; 497 FixItTagName = "struct "; 498 break; 499 500 case TTK_Union: 501 TagName = "union"; 502 FixItTagName = "union "; 503 break; 504 } 505 506 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 507 << Name << TagName << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus 508 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 509 break; 510 } 511 512 Result.clear(LookupOrdinaryName); 513 } 514 515 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 516 // close to this name. 517 if (!SecondTry) { 518 SecondTry = true; 519 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 520 Result.getLookupKind(), S, &SS)) { 521 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 522 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 523 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions())); 524 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions())); 525 526 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 527 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 528 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 529 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 530 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 531 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 532 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 533 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 534 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 535 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 536 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 537 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 538 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 539 } 540 541 if (SS.isEmpty()) 542 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 543 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 544 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 545 else 546 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 547 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 548 << SS.getRange() 549 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 550 551 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 552 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 553 554 // Also update the LookupResult... 555 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 556 Result.clear(); 557 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 558 if (FirstDecl) Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 559 560 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 561 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 562 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 563 564 if (FirstDecl) 565 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 566 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 567 568 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 569 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 570 // reference the ivar. 571 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 572 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 573 Result.clear(); 574 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 575 return move(E); 576 } 577 578 goto Corrected; 579 } 580 } 581 582 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 583 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 584 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 585 586 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 587 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 588 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 589 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 590 591 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 592 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 593 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 594 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 595 // qualified by the keyword typename. 596 // 597 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 598 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 599 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 600 // keyword here. 601 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 602 603 case LookupResult::Found: 604 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 605 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 606 break; 607 608 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 609 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 610 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 611 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 612 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 613 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 614 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 615 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 616 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 617 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 618 // ambiguous. 619 // 620 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 621 // so try again after filtering out template names. 622 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 623 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 624 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 625 break; 626 } 627 } 628 629 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 630 return NameClassification::Error(); 631 } 632 633 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 634 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 635 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 636 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 637 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 638 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 639 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 640 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 641 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 642 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 643 644 if (!Result.empty()) { 645 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 646 TemplateName Template; 647 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 648 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 649 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 650 Result.end()); 651 } else { 652 TemplateDecl *TD 653 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 654 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 655 656 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 657 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 658 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 659 TD); 660 else 661 Template = TemplateName(TD); 662 } 663 664 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 665 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 666 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 667 // to based on which function we selected. 668 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 669 670 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 671 } 672 673 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 674 } 675 } 676 677 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 678 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 679 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 680 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 681 return ParsedType::make(T); 682 } 683 684 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 685 if (!Class) { 686 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 687 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 688 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 689 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 690 } 691 692 if (Class) { 693 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 694 695 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 696 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 697 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 698 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 699 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 700 } 701 702 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 703 return ParsedType::make(T); 704 } 705 706 if (!Result.empty() && (*Result.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) 707 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, Result, 0); 708 709 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 710 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 711} 712 713// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 714// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 715// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 716DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 717 718 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 719 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 720 // the context we'll need to return to. 721 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 722 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 723 724 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 725 // lexical context. 726 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 727 return DC; 728 729 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 730 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 731 // class is the context we need to return to. 732 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 733 DC = RD; 734 735 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 736 // declared in. 737 return DC; 738 } 739 740 // ObjCMethodDecls are parsed (for some reason) outside the context 741 // of the class. 742 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) 743 return DC->getLexicalParent()->getLexicalParent(); 744 745 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 746} 747 748void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 749 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 750 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 751 CurContext = DC; 752 S->setEntity(DC); 753} 754 755void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 756 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 757 758 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 759 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 760} 761 762/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 763/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 764/// 765void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 766 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 767 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 768 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 769 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 770 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 771 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 772 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 773 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 774 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 775 // namespace. 776 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 777 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 778 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 779 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 780 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 781 782 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 783 784#ifndef NDEBUG 785 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 786 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 787 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 788#endif 789 790 CurContext = DC; 791 S->setEntity(DC); 792} 793 794void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 795 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 796 797 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 798 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 799 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 800 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 801 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 802 803 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 804 // disappear. 805} 806 807/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 808/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 809/// 810/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 811/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 812/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 813/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 814/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 815/// attribute. 816static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 817 ASTContext &Context) { 818 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 819 return true; 820 821 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 822 return true; 823 824 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 825 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 826} 827 828/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 829void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 830 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 831 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 832 // scope. 833 while (S->getEntity() && 834 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 835 S = S->getParent(); 836 837 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 838 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 839 // into any context. 840 if (AddToContext) 841 CurContext->addDecl(D); 842 843 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 844 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 845 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 846 D->isOutOfLine()) 847 return; 848 849 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 850 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 851 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 852 return; 853 854 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 855 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 856 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 857 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 858 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 859 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 860 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 861 862 // Should only need to replace one decl. 863 break; 864 } 865 } 866 867 S->AddDecl(D); 868 869 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 870 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 871 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 872 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 873 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 874 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 875 if (IDC == CurContext) { 876 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 877 continue; 878 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 879 break; 880 } 881 882 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 883 } else { 884 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 885 } 886} 887 888bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 889 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 890 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S, 891 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 892} 893 894Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 895 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 896 do { 897 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 898 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 899 return S; 900 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 901 902 return 0; 903} 904 905static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 906 DeclContext*, 907 ASTContext&); 908 909/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 910/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 911void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 912 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 913 bool ConsiderLinkage, 914 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 915 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 916 while (F.hasNext()) { 917 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 918 919 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 920 continue; 921 922 if (ConsiderLinkage && 923 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 924 continue; 925 926 F.erase(); 927 } 928 929 F.done(); 930} 931 932static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 933 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 934 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 935 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 936} 937 938/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 939static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 940 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 941 while (F.hasNext()) 942 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 943 F.erase(); 944 945 F.done(); 946} 947 948/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 949/// @code 950/// class S { 951/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 952/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 953/// }; 954/// @endcode 955static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 956 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 957 // the decl here. 958 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 959 return false; 960 961 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 962 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 963 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 964 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 965 return false; 966} 967 968bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 969 assert(D); 970 971 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 972 return false; 973 974 // Ignore class templates. 975 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 976 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 977 return false; 978 979 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 980 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 981 return false; 982 983 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 984 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 985 return false; 986 } else { 987 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 988 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 989 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 990 return false; 991 } 992 993 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 994 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 995 return false; 996 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 997 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 998 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 999 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1000 return false; 1001 1002 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1003 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1004 return false; 1005 1006 } else { 1007 return false; 1008 } 1009 1010 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1011 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 1012 return false; 1013 1014 return true; 1015} 1016 1017void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1018 if (!D) 1019 return; 1020 1021 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1022 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1023 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1024 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1025 } 1026 1027 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1028 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1029 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1030 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1031 } 1032 1033 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1034 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1035 } 1036 1037static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1038 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1039 return false; 1040 1041 if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1042 return false; 1043 1044 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1045 return true; 1046 1047 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1048 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1049 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1050 return false; 1051 1052 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1053 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1054 1055 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1056 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1057 1058 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1059 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 1060 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1061 return false; 1062 } 1063 1064 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1065 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1066 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1067 return false; 1068 1069 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1070 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1071 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1072 return false; 1073 1074 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1075 // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor 1076 // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer 1077 // has no side effects. 1078 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1079 return false; 1080 } 1081 } 1082 1083 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1084 } 1085 1086 return true; 1087} 1088 1089/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1090/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1091void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1092 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1093 return; 1094 1095 unsigned DiagID; 1096 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1097 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1098 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1099 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1100 else 1101 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1102 1103 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName(); 1104} 1105 1106static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1107 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1108 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1109 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1110 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1111 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1112} 1113 1114void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1115 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1116 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1117 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1118 1119 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1120 I != E; ++I) { 1121 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1122 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1123 1124 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1125 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1126 1127 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1128 1129 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1130 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1131 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1132 1133 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1134 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1135 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1136 1137 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1138 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1139 } 1140} 1141 1142/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1143/// 1144/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1145/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1146/// to the fixed name. 1147/// 1148/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1149/// 1150/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1151/// if there is no class with the given name. 1152/// 1153/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1154/// class could not be found. 1155ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1156 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1157 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1158 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1159 // creation from this context. 1160 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1161 1162 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1163 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1164 // find an Objective-C class name. 1165 TypoCorrection C; 1166 if ((C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, 1167 TUScope, NULL, NULL, false, CTC_NoKeywords)) && 1168 (IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) { 1169 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1170 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1171 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1172 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1173 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1174 1175 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1176 } 1177 } 1178 1179 return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1180} 1181 1182/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1183/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1184/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1185/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1186/// ill-formed in C++: 1187/// @code 1188/// struct S6 { 1189/// enum { BAR } e; 1190/// }; 1191/// 1192/// void test_S6() { 1193/// struct S6 a; 1194/// a.e = BAR; 1195/// } 1196/// @endcode 1197/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1198/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1199/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1200/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1201/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1202/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1203/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1204/// contain non-field names. 1205Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1206 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1207 (S->getEntity() && 1208 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1209 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) 1210 S = S->getParent(); 1211 return S; 1212} 1213 1214/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1215/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1216/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1217/// built-in. 1218NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1219 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1220 SourceLocation Loc) { 1221 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1222 1223 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1224 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1225 switch (Error) { 1226 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1227 // Okay 1228 break; 1229 1230 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1231 if (ForRedeclaration) 1232 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1233 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1234 return 0; 1235 1236 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1237 if (ForRedeclaration) 1238 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1239 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1240 return 0; 1241 } 1242 1243 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1244 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1245 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1246 << R; 1247 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1248 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1249 != Diagnostic::Ignored) 1250 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1251 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1252 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1253 } 1254 1255 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1256 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1257 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1258 SC_Extern, 1259 SC_None, false, 1260 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1261 New->setImplicit(); 1262 1263 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1264 // FunctionDecl. 1265 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1266 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1267 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1268 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1269 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1270 SourceLocation(), 0, 1271 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1272 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 1273 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1274 Params.push_back(parm); 1275 } 1276 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1277 } 1278 1279 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1280 1281 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1282 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1283 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1284 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1285 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1286 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1287 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1288 CurContext = SavedContext; 1289 return New; 1290} 1291 1292/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1293/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1294/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1295/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1296/// 1297void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1298 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1299 // merging checks. 1300 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1301 1302 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1303 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1304 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 1305 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1306 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1307 default: break; 1308 case 2: 1309 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1310 break; 1311 Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1312 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1313 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1314 return; 1315 case 5: 1316 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1317 break; 1318 Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1319 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1320 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1321 return; 1322 case 3: 1323 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1324 break; 1325 Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1326 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1327 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1328 return; 1329 case 8: 1330 if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol")) 1331 break; 1332 Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1333 return; 1334 } 1335 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1336 } 1337 1338 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1339 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1340 if (!Old) { 1341 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1342 << New->getDeclName(); 1343 1344 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1345 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1346 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1347 1348 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1349 } 1350 1351 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1352 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1353 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1354 1355 // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics. 1356 QualType OldType; 1357 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1358 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1359 else 1360 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1361 1362 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1363 // with any extensions enabled. 1364 1365 if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() && 1366 Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) != 1367 Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { 1368 int Kind = 0; 1369 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old)) 1370 Kind = 1; 1371 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1372 << Kind << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; 1373 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1374 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1375 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1376 } 1377 1378 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1379 // declaration was a typedef. 1380 // FIXME: this is a potential source of weirdness if the type 1381 // spellings don't match exactly. 1382 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1383 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1384 1385 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 1386 return; 1387 1388 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1389 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1390 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1391 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1392 // to the type to which it already refers. 1393 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1394 return; 1395 1396 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1397 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1398 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1399 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1400 // 1401 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1402 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1403 // 1404 // struct S { 1405 // typedef struct A { } A; 1406 // }; 1407 // 1408 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1409 // allow the above but disallow 1410 // 1411 // struct S { 1412 // typedef int I; 1413 // typedef int I; 1414 // }; 1415 // 1416 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1417 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1418 return; 1419 1420 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1421 << New->getDeclName(); 1422 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1423 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1424 } 1425 1426 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1427 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1428 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1429 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1430 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1431 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1432 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1433 return; 1434 1435 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1436 << New->getDeclName(); 1437 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1438 return; 1439} 1440 1441/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1442/// attribute. 1443static bool 1444DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1445 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1446 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1447 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1448 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1449 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1450 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1451 return true; 1452 } 1453 1454 return false; 1455} 1456 1457/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1458static void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *newDecl, const Decl *oldDecl, 1459 ASTContext &C, bool mergeDeprecation = true) { 1460 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1461 return; 1462 1463 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1464 1465 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1466 // we process them. 1467 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1468 1469 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1470 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1471 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1472 // Ignore deprecated and unavailable attributes if requested. 1473 if (!mergeDeprecation && 1474 (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i))) 1475 continue; 1476 1477 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1478 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1479 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1480 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1481 foundAny = true; 1482 } 1483 } 1484 1485 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1486} 1487 1488/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1489/// to the new one. 1490static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1491 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1492 ASTContext &C) { 1493 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1494 return; 1495 1496 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1497 1498 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1499 // done before we process them. 1500 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1501 1502 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1503 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1504 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1505 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1506 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1507 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1508 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1509 foundAny = true; 1510 } 1511 } 1512 1513 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1514} 1515 1516namespace { 1517 1518/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1519/// C. 1520struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1521 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1522 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1523 QualType PromotedType; 1524}; 1525 1526} 1527 1528/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1529Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1530 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1531 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 1532 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 1533 1534 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1535 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1536 1537 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 1538 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 1539 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 1540 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1541 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 1542 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1543 } 1544 1545 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 1546} 1547 1548/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1549/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1550/// GNU89 mode. 1551static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1552 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1553 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 1554 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1555 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1556 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1557} 1558 1559/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1560/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1561/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1562/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1563/// 1564/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1565/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1566/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1567/// merged with. 1568/// 1569/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1570bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { 1571 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1572 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1573 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1574 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1575 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1576 else 1577 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1578 if (!Old) { 1579 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1580 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1581 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1582 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1583 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1584 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1585 return true; 1586 } 1587 1588 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1589 << New->getDeclName(); 1590 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1591 return true; 1592 } 1593 1594 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1595 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1596 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1597 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1598 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1599 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1600 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1601 else 1602 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1603 1604 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1605 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1606 1607 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1608 // is an extern inline function. 1609 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1610 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1611 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1612 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) { 1613 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 1614 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 1615 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1616 } else { 1617 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 1618 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1619 return true; 1620 } 1621 } 1622 1623 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1624 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1625 // calling convention of the first. 1626 // 1627 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1628 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1629 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1630 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1631 // because it is the default calling convention. 1632 // 1633 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1634 // other tests to run. 1635 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 1636 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1637 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1638 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1639 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 1640 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1641 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1642 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1643 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1644 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1645 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1646 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1647 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1648 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1649 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1650 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1651 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1652 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1653 return true; 1654 } 1655 1656 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1657 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1658 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 1659 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1660 } 1661 1662 // Merge regparm attribute. 1663 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 1664 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1665 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 1666 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1667 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1668 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1669 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1670 return true; 1671 } 1672 1673 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 1674 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1675 } 1676 1677 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 1678 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 1679 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 1680 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1681 } 1682 1683 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1684 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1685 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1686 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1687 // cannot be overloaded. 1688 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 1689 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 1690 QualType ResQT; 1691 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1692 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1693 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1694 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1695 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1696 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 1697 Diag(New->getLocation(), 1698 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 1699 else 1700 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1701 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1702 return true; 1703 } 1704 else 1705 NewQType = ResQT; 1706 } 1707 1708 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1709 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1710 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1711 // Preserve triviality. 1712 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1713 1714 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1715 1716 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 1717 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1718 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1719 // is a static member function declaration. 1720 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1721 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1722 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1723 return true; 1724 } 1725 1726 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1727 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1728 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1729 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1730 unsigned NewDiag; 1731 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1732 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1733 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1734 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1735 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1736 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1737 else 1738 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1739 1740 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1741 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1742 1743 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1744 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1745 // 1746 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1747 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1748 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1749 if (isFriend) { 1750 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1751 } else { 1752 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1753 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1754 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1755 return true; 1756 } 1757 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted()) { 1758 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1759 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 1760 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1761 return true; 1762 } 1763 } 1764 1765 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1766 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1767 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1768 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 1769 1770 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 1771 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 1772 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1773 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 1774 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 1775 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 1776 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 1777 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 1778 } 1779 1780 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 1781 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1782 1783 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1784 } 1785 1786 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1787 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1788 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1789 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1790 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1791 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1792 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1793 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1794 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1795 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1796 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1797 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1798 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1799 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1800 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1801 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1802 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 1803 New->setType(NewQType); 1804 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 1805 1806 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 1807 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1808 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 1809 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1810 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 1811 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 1812 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 1813 SourceLocation(), 1814 SourceLocation(), 0, 1815 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 1816 SC_None, SC_None, 1817 0); 1818 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 1819 Param->setImplicit(); 1820 Params.push_back(Param); 1821 } 1822 1823 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1824 } 1825 1826 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1827 } 1828 1829 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 1830 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 1831 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 1832 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 1833 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 1834 // the prototype. 1835 // 1836 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 1837 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 1838 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 1839 // C99 6.9.1p8. 1840 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1841 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 1842 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 1843 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 1844 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 1845 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 1846 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 1847 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1848 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 1849 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1850 1851 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 1852 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 1853 NewProto->getResultType()); 1854 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 1855 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 1856 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 1857 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 1858 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 1859 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1860 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 1861 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1862 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1863 NewParm->getType(), 1864 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 1865 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 1866 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 1867 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 1868 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1869 } else 1870 LooseCompatible = false; 1871 } 1872 1873 if (LooseCompatible) { 1874 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 1875 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 1876 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 1877 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 1878 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 1879 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 1880 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 1881 diag::note_previous_declaration); 1882 } 1883 1884 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 1885 ArgTypes.size(), 1886 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 1887 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1888 } 1889 1890 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 1891 } 1892 1893 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 1894 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 1895 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 1896 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 1897 // signature. 1898 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 1899 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 1900 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 1901 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 1902 // library built-in. 1903 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 1904 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 1905 << Old << Old->getType(); 1906 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 1907 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 1908 return false; 1909 } 1910 1911 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 1912 } 1913 1914 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 1915 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1916 return true; 1917} 1918 1919/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 1920/// known to be compatible. 1921/// 1922/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 1923/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 1924/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 1925/// redeclaration of Old. 1926/// 1927/// \returns false 1928bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { 1929 // Merge the attributes 1930 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1931 1932 // Merge the storage class. 1933 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 1934 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 1935 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1936 1937 // Merge "pure" flag. 1938 if (Old->isPure()) 1939 New->setPure(); 1940 1941 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 1942 // declarations. 1943 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 1944 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 1945 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 1946 Context); 1947 1948 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1949 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); 1950 1951 return false; 1952} 1953 1954 1955void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 1956 const ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 1957 // We don't want to merge unavailable and deprecated attributes 1958 // except from interface to implementation. 1959 bool mergeDeprecation = isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()); 1960 1961 // Merge the attributes. 1962 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, Context, mergeDeprecation); 1963 1964 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 1965 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 1966 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 1967 ni != ne; ++ni, ++oi) 1968 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 1969 1970 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true); 1971} 1972 1973/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 1974/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 1975/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1976/// 1977/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 1978/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl and AddCXXDirectInitializerToDecl. We can't 1979/// check them before the initializer is attached. 1980/// 1981void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 1982 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1983 return; 1984 1985 QualType MergedT; 1986 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1987 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 1988 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 1989 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 1990 return; 1991 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 1992 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 1993 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 1994 } 1995 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 1996 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 1997 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 1998 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 1999 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2000 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2001 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2002 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 2003 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2004 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 2005 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2006 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 2007 MergedT = New->getType(); 2008 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2009 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2010 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 2011 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2012 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 2013 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2014 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 2015 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2016 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2017 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2018 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2019 Old->getType()); 2020 } 2021 } else { 2022 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2023 } 2024 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2025 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2026 << New->getDeclName(); 2027 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2028 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2029 } 2030 New->setType(MergedT); 2031} 2032 2033/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2034/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2035/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2036/// 2037/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2038/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2039/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2040/// 2041void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2042 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2043 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2044 return; 2045 2046 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2047 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2048 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2049 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2050 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2051 << New->getDeclName(); 2052 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2053 diag::note_previous_definition); 2054 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2055 } 2056 2057 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2058 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2059 // 2060 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2061 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2062 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2063 << New->getIdentifier(); 2064 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2065 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2066 } 2067 2068 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 2069 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent declaration 2070 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2071 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2072 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2073 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2074 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2075 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2076 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2077 } 2078 2079 // Merge the types. 2080 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2081 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2082 return; 2083 2084 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2085 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2086 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2087 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2088 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2089 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2090 } 2091 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2092 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2093 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2094 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2095 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2096 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2097 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2098 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2099 // identifier has external linkage. 2100 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2101 /* Okay */; 2102 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2103 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2104 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2105 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2106 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2107 } 2108 2109 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2110 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2111 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2112 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2113 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2114 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2115 } 2116 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2117 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2118 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2119 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2120 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2121 } 2122 2123 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2124 2125 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2126 // need to check for mismatches. 2127 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2128 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2129 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2130 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2131 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2132 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2133 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2134 } 2135 2136 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2137 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2138 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2139 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2140 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2141 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2142 } 2143 2144 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2145 const VarDecl *Def; 2146 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2147 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2148 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2149 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2150 << New->getDeclName(); 2151 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2152 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2153 return; 2154 } 2155 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2156 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2157 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2158 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2159 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2160 // specified at the prior declaration. 2161 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2162 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2163 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 2164 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 2165 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2166 2167 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2168 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2169 2170 // Inherit access appropriately. 2171 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2172} 2173 2174/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2175/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2176Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2177 DeclSpec &DS) { 2178 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, 2179 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 2180} 2181 2182/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2183/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template 2184/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 2185Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2186 DeclSpec &DS, 2187 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) { 2188 Decl *TagD = 0; 2189 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2190 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2191 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2192 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2193 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2194 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2195 2196 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2197 return 0; 2198 2199 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2200 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2201 // it's a Type. 2202 Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2203 } 2204 2205 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2206 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 2207 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 2208 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2209 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2210 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 2211 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2212 } 2213 2214 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 2215 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 2216 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 2217 if (TagD && !Tag) 2218 return 0; 2219 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 2220 } 2221 2222 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 2223 // declarators. 2224 bool emittedWarning = false; 2225 2226 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2227 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, DS.getAttributes().getList()); 2228 2229 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && 2230 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2231 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 2232 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 2233 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 2234 2235 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2236 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2237 emittedWarning = true; 2238 } 2239 } 2240 2241 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 2242 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2243 CurContext->isRecord() && 2244 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 2245 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 2246 // struct STRUCT; 2247 // and 2248 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 2249 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 2250 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isDefinition()) || 2251 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 2252 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 2253 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 2254 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2255 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 2256 } 2257 } 2258 2259 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2260 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2261 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 2262 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 2263 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 2264 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2265 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2266 emittedWarning = true; 2267 } 2268 2269 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 2270 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 2271 2272 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 2273 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 2274 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 2275 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2276 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 2277 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 2278 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2279 return Tag; 2280 } 2281 2282 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2283 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2284 emittedWarning = true; 2285 } 2286 2287 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 2288 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 2289 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 2290 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 2291 return TagD; 2292 2293 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 2294 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 2295 // useless. 2296 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 2297 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 2298 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 2299 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 2300 2301 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 2302 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 2303 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2304 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2305 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 2306 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2307 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 2308 // Restrict is covered above. 2309 } 2310 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 2311 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 2312 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 2313 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 2314 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 2315 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 2316 2317 // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes 2318 2319 return TagD; 2320} 2321 2322/// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec. 2323/// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated. 2324StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) { 2325 StmtResult R; 2326 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) { 2327 Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2328 QualType Ty = Exp->getType(); 2329 if (Ty->isPointerType()) { 2330 do 2331 Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2332 while (Ty->isPointerType()); 2333 } 2334 if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) { 2335 R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp)); 2336 } 2337 } 2338 return R; 2339} 2340 2341/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 2342/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 2343/// 2344/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 2345static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 2346 Scope *S, 2347 DeclContext *Owner, 2348 DeclarationName Name, 2349 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2350 unsigned diagnostic) { 2351 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 2352 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2353 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 2354 2355 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2356 return false; 2357 2358 // Pick a representative declaration. 2359 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2360 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 2361 2362 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 2363 return false; 2364 2365 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 2366 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2367 2368 return true; 2369} 2370 2371/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 2372/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 2373/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 2374/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 2375/// struct, e.g., 2376/// 2377/// @code 2378/// union { 2379/// int i; 2380/// float f; 2381/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 2382/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 2383/// @endcode 2384/// 2385/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 2386/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 2387static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 2388 DeclContext *Owner, 2389 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 2390 AccessSpecifier AS, 2391 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 2392 bool MSAnonStruct) { 2393 unsigned diagKind 2394 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 2395 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 2396 2397 bool Invalid = false; 2398 2399 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 2400 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 2401 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 2402 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2403 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 2404 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 2405 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 2406 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 2407 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 2408 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2409 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 2410 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 2411 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 2412 Invalid = true; 2413 } else { 2414 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2415 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 2416 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 2417 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 2418 // anonymous union is declared. 2419 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 2420 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2421 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 2422 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 2423 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 2424 else 2425 Chaining.push_back(VD); 2426 2427 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 2428 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 2429 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 2430 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 2431 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 2432 2433 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 2434 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 2435 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 2436 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 2437 2438 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2439 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 2440 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 2441 2442 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 2443 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2444 2445 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 2446 } 2447 } 2448 } 2449 2450 return Invalid; 2451} 2452 2453/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2454/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2455/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2456static StorageClass 2457StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2458 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2459 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2460 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2461 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2462 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 2463 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 2464 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2465 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2466 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2467 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2468 } 2469 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2470} 2471 2472/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2473/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2474/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2475static StorageClass 2476StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2477 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2478 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2479 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2480 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2481 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2482 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2483 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 2484 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2485 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 2486 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2487 } 2488 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2489} 2490 2491/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 2492/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 2493/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures 2494/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. 2495Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2496 AccessSpecifier AS, 2497 RecordDecl *Record) { 2498 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 2499 2500 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 2501 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2502 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 2503 else if (!Record->isUnion()) 2504 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); 2505 2506 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 2507 // structs/unions. 2508 bool Invalid = false; 2509 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2510 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 2511 unsigned DiagID; 2512 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2513 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 2514 // global namespace shall be declared static. 2515 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 2516 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 2517 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 2518 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 2519 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); 2520 Invalid = true; 2521 2522 // Recover by adding 'static'. 2523 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 2524 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2525 } 2526 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2527 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 2528 // anonymous union in a class scope. 2529 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 2530 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2531 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2532 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); 2533 Invalid = true; 2534 2535 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 2536 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), 2537 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2538 } 2539 2540 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 2541 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2542 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2543 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2544 << Record->isUnion() << 0 2545 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 2546 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2547 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2548 << Record->isUnion() << 1 2549 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 2550 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2551 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2552 << Record->isUnion() << 2 2553 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 2554 2555 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 2556 } 2557 2558 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2559 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 2560 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 2561 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 2562 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 2563 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 2564 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 2565 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 2566 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2567 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 2568 // members (clause 11). 2569 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 2570 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 2571 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 2572 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 2573 Invalid = true; 2574 } 2575 2576 // C++ [class.union]p1 2577 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 2578 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 2579 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 2580 // array of such objects. 2581 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 2582 Invalid = true; 2583 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 2584 // Any implicit members are fine. 2585 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 2586 // This is a type that showed up in an 2587 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 2588 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 2589 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 2590 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 2591 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 2592 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 2593 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2594 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 2595 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2596 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2597 else { 2598 // This is a nested type declaration. 2599 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2600 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2601 Invalid = true; 2602 } 2603 } 2604 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 2605 // Any access specifier is fine. 2606 } else { 2607 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 2608 // member. Complain about it. 2609 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 2610 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 2611 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 2612 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 2613 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 2614 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 2615 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 2616 2617 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2618 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 2619 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2620 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2621 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2622 else { 2623 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 2624 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2625 Invalid = true; 2626 } 2627 } 2628 } 2629 } 2630 2631 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 2632 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 2633 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 2634 Invalid = true; 2635 } 2636 2637 // Mock up a declarator. 2638 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 2639 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2640 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 2641 2642 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 2643 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 2644 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2645 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 2646 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2647 Record->getLocation(), 2648 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2649 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2650 TInfo, 2651 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 2652 /*HasInit=*/false); 2653 Anon->setAccess(AS); 2654 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2655 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 2656 } else { 2657 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 2658 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2659 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2660 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2661 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2662 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2663 // an error here 2664 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2665 Invalid = true; 2666 SC = SC_None; 2667 } 2668 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2669 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2670 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2671 2672 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 2673 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2674 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2675 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2676 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2677 } 2678 Anon->setImplicit(); 2679 2680 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 2681 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 2682 // its members. 2683 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 2684 2685 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 2686 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2687 // purposes. 2688 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2689 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2690 2691 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 2692 Chain, false)) 2693 Invalid = true; 2694 2695 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 2696 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 2697 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 2698 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 2699 // builds its lookup table, and once by 2700 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 2701 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 2702 2703 if (Invalid) 2704 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2705 2706 return Anon; 2707} 2708 2709/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 2710/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 2711/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 2712/// Example: 2713/// 2714/// struct A { int a; }; 2715/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 2716/// 2717/// void foo() { 2718/// B var; 2719/// var.a = 3; 2720/// } 2721/// 2722Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2723 RecordDecl *Record) { 2724 2725 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 2726 if (!Record) 2727 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 2728 2729 // Mock up a declarator. 2730 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2731 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2732 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 2733 2734 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 2735 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 2736 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 2737 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2738 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2739 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2740 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2741 TInfo, 2742 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 2743 /*HasInit=*/false); 2744 Anon->setImplicit(); 2745 2746 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 2747 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 2748 2749 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 2750 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2751 // purposes. 2752 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2753 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2754 2755 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 2756 Record->getDefinition(), 2757 AS_none, Chain, true)) 2758 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2759 2760 return Anon; 2761} 2762 2763/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 2764/// given Declarator. 2765DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 2766 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 2767} 2768 2769/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 2770DeclarationNameInfo 2771Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 2772 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 2773 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2774 2775 switch (Name.getKind()) { 2776 2777 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 2778 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 2779 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 2780 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2781 return NameInfo; 2782 2783 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 2784 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2785 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 2786 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2787 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 2788 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 2789 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 2790 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 2791 return NameInfo; 2792 2793 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 2794 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 2795 Name.Identifier)); 2796 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2797 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 2798 return NameInfo; 2799 2800 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 2801 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2802 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 2803 if (Ty.isNull()) 2804 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2805 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 2806 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2807 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2808 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2809 return NameInfo; 2810 } 2811 2812 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 2813 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2814 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 2815 if (Ty.isNull()) 2816 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2817 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2818 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2819 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2820 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2821 return NameInfo; 2822 } 2823 2824 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 2825 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 2826 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 2827 // to find the actual type being constructed. 2828 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 2829 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 2830 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2831 2832 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 2833 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 2834 2835 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 2836 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 2837 // was qualified. 2838 2839 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2840 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 2841 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2842 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 2843 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 2844 return NameInfo; 2845 } 2846 2847 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 2848 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2849 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 2850 if (Ty.isNull()) 2851 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2852 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 2853 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2854 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2855 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2856 return NameInfo; 2857 } 2858 2859 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 2860 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 2861 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 2862 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 2863 } 2864 2865 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 2866 2867 assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); 2868 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2869} 2870 2871/// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions 2872/// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic 2873/// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line 2874/// function definition doesn't match any declaration within 2875/// the class or namespace. 2876static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, 2877 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 2878 FunctionDecl *Definition) { 2879 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 2880 return false; 2881 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 2882 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2883 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2884 2885 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType(), 2886 DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType())) 2887 return false; 2888 } 2889 2890 return true; 2891} 2892 2893/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 2894/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 2895/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 2896/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 2897/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 2898static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 2899 DeclarationName Name) { 2900 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 2901 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 2902 // - types which will become injected class names 2903 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 2904 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 2905 // few cases here. 2906 2907 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 2908 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 2909 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 2910 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 2911 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 2912 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: { 2913 // Grab the type from the parser. 2914 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 2915 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 2916 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 2917 2918 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 2919 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 2920 // attached already. 2921 if (!TSI) 2922 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 2923 2924 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 2925 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 2926 if (!TSI) return true; 2927 2928 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 2929 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 2930 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 2931 break; 2932 } 2933 2934 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 2935 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2936 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 2937 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 2938 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 2939 break; 2940 } 2941 2942 default: 2943 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 2944 break; 2945 } 2946 2947 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 2948 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 2949 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 2950 2951 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 2952 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 2953 // pointer. 2954 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 2955 continue; 2956 2957 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 2958 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 2959 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 2960 return true; 2961 } 2962 2963 return false; 2964} 2965 2966Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 2967 return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 2968 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/false); 2969} 2970 2971/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 2972/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 2973/// name different from T: 2974/// - every static data member of class T; 2975/// - every member function of class T 2976/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 2977/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 2978bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 2979 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 2980 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2981 2982 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 2983 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 2984 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 2985 return true; 2986 } 2987 2988 return false; 2989} 2990 2991Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 2992 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2993 bool IsFunctionDefinition) { 2994 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 2995 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 2996 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2997 2998 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 2999 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 3000 if (!Name) { 3001 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 3002 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3003 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 3004 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 3005 return 0; 3006 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3007 return 0; 3008 3009 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 3010 // we find one that is. 3011 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 3012 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 3013 S = S->getParent(); 3014 3015 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 3016 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 3017 D.setInvalidType(); 3018 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3019 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3020 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 3021 return 0; 3022 3023 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3024 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 3025 if (!DC) { 3026 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 3027 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 3028 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 3029 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 3030 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3031 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 3032 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 3033 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3034 return 0; 3035 } 3036 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 3037 3038 if (!IsDependentContext && 3039 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 3040 return 0; 3041 3042 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3043 if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 3044 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3045 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 3046 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3047 D.setInvalidType(); 3048 } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) && 3049 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3050 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class 3051 // definition: 3052 // 3053 // class X { 3054 // void X::f(); 3055 // }; 3056 if (CurContext->Equals(DC)) 3057 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 3058 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange()); 3059 else 3060 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification) 3061 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3062 3063 // Pretend that this qualifier was not here. 3064 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 3065 } 3066 } 3067 3068 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 3069 // declaration in the current instantiation. 3070 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 3071 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 3072 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 3073 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 3074 D.setInvalidType(); 3075 } 3076 } 3077 3078 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 3079 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 3080 // Just return early; it's safer. 3081 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3082 return 0; 3083 3084 NamedDecl *New; 3085 3086 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 3087 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3088 3089 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 3090 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3091 D.setInvalidType(); 3092 3093 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 3094 ForRedeclaration); 3095 3096 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 3097 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3098 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 3099 3100 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 3101 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 3102 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 3103 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3104 /* Do nothing*/; 3105 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3106 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3107 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3108 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3109 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 3110 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3111 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 3112 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3113 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3114 3115 if (IsLinkageLookup) 3116 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 3117 3118 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 3119 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 3120 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 3121 3122 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for 3123 // out-of-line members. 3124 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 3125 3126 // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: 3127 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named 3128 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit 3129 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being 3130 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears 3131 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the 3132 // declarations namespace. 3133 // 3134 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet 3135 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually 3136 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: 3137 // 3138 // class X { 3139 // void f(); 3140 // void f(float); 3141 // }; 3142 // 3143 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 3144 // 3145 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set 3146 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 3147 // matches. 3148 3149 // First check whether we named the global scope. 3150 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 3151 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3152 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3153 } else { 3154 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3155 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3156 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3157 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3158 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. 3159 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. 3160 SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 3161 SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3162 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3163 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; 3164 else 3165 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3166 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; 3167 D.setInvalidType(); 3168 } 3169 } 3170 } 3171 3172 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3173 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 3174 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 3175 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 3176 if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3177 Previous.getFoundDecl())) 3178 D.setInvalidType(); 3179 3180 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 3181 Previous.clear(); 3182 } 3183 3184 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 3185 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 3186 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 3187 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 3188 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 3189 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3190 Previous.clear(); 3191 3192 bool Redeclaration = false; 3193 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3194 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 3195 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 3196 return 0; 3197 } 3198 3199 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, Redeclaration); 3200 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3201 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 3202 move(TemplateParamLists), 3203 IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration); 3204 } else { 3205 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 3206 move(TemplateParamLists), 3207 Redeclaration); 3208 } 3209 3210 if (New == 0) 3211 return 0; 3212 3213 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 3214 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 3215 if (New->getDeclName() && !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl())) 3216 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 3217 3218 return New; 3219} 3220 3221/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 3222/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 3223/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 3224static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 3225 ASTContext &Context, 3226 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3227 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3228 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 3229 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 3230 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 3231 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 3232 SizeIsNegative = false; 3233 Oversized = 0; 3234 3235 if (T->isDependentType()) 3236 return QualType(); 3237 3238 QualifierCollector Qs; 3239 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 3240 3241 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 3242 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3243 QualType FixedType = 3244 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3245 Oversized); 3246 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3247 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 3248 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3249 } 3250 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 3251 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 3252 QualType FixedType = 3253 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3254 Oversized); 3255 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3256 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 3257 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3258 } 3259 3260 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 3261 if (!VLATy) 3262 return QualType(); 3263 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 3264 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 3265 return QualType(); 3266 3267 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; 3268 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 3269 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || 3270 !EvalResult.Val.isInt()) 3271 return QualType(); 3272 3273 // Check whether the array size is negative. 3274 llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); 3275 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 3276 SizeIsNegative = true; 3277 return QualType(); 3278 } 3279 3280 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 3281 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 3282 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 3283 Res); 3284 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 3285 Oversized = Res; 3286 return QualType(); 3287 } 3288 3289 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 3290 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 3291} 3292 3293/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 3294/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 3295void 3296Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 3297 const LookupResult &Previous, 3298 Scope *S) { 3299 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3300 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 3301 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 3302 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 3303 3304 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 3305 return; 3306 3307 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 3308 3309 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 3310 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 3311 // declaration. 3312 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 3313 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 3314 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 3315 3316 if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 3317 // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope. 3318 // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain 3319 // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain. 3320 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND); 3321 3322 } else { 3323 // Find the scope for the original declaration. 3324 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 3325 S = S->getParent(); 3326 } 3327 3328 if (S) 3329 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 3330 } 3331} 3332 3333/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 3334/// does not identify a function. 3335void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 3336 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 3337 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 3338 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 3339 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3340 diag::err_inline_non_function); 3341 3342 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 3343 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3344 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3345 3346 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 3347 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3348 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 3349} 3350 3351NamedDecl* 3352Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3353 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3354 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3355 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3356 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3357 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 3358 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3359 D.setInvalidType(); 3360 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 3361 DC = CurContext; 3362 Previous.clear(); 3363 } 3364 3365 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3366 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3367 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3368 } 3369 3370 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3371 3372 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3373 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3374 3375 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 3376 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 3377 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 3378 return 0; 3379 } 3380 3381 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, TInfo); 3382 if (!NewTD) return 0; 3383 3384 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3385 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 3386 3387 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 3388 3389 return ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3390} 3391 3392void 3393Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3394 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 3395 // then it shall have block scope. 3396 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 3397 // that redeclarations will match. 3398 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 3399 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 3400 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3401 3402 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3403 bool SizeIsNegative; 3404 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3405 QualType FixedTy = 3406 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3407 Oversized); 3408 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 3409 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3410 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 3411 } else { 3412 if (SizeIsNegative) 3413 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 3414 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 3415 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 3416 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 3417 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) << Oversized.toString(10); 3418 else 3419 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3420 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 3421 } 3422 } 3423 } 3424} 3425 3426 3427/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 3428/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 3429/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 3430NamedDecl* 3431Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 3432 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3433 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 3434 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 3435 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 3436 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 3437 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3438 Redeclaration = true; 3439 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 3440 } 3441 3442 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 3443 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 3444 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 3445 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 3446 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 3447 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 3448 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 3449 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3450 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 3451 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3452 else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list")) 3453 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD)); 3454 } 3455 3456 return NewTD; 3457} 3458 3459/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 3460/// previous declaration. 3461/// 3462/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 3463/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 3464/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 3465/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 3466/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 3467/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 3468/// 3469/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 3470/// lookup 3471/// 3472/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 3473/// declared. 3474/// 3475/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 3476/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 3477static bool 3478isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 3479 ASTContext &Context) { 3480 if (!PrevDecl) 3481 return false; 3482 3483 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 3484 return false; 3485 3486 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3487 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 3488 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 3489 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 3490 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 3491 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 3492 // linkage of the previous declaration. 3493 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 3494 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3495 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 3496 return false; 3497 3498 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 3499 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 3500 // We found a member function: ignore it. 3501 return false; 3502 3503 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 3504 // previous declarations. 3505 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3506 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3507 3508 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 3509 // isn't the same function. 3510 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 3511 return false; 3512 } 3513 3514 return true; 3515} 3516 3517static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 3518 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 3519 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 3520 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 3521} 3522 3523bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 3524 QualType type = decl->getType(); 3525 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 3526 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 3527 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 3528 unsigned kind = -1U; 3529 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 3530 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3531 kind = 0; // __block 3532 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 3533 kind = 1; // global 3534 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 3535 kind = 3; // ivar 3536 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 3537 kind = 2; // field 3538 } 3539 3540 if (kind != -1U) { 3541 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 3542 << kind; 3543 } 3544 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 3545 // Try to infer lifetime. 3546 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 3547 return false; 3548 3549 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 3550 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 3551 decl->setType(type); 3552 } 3553 3554 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 3555 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 3556 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 3557 var->isThreadSpecified()) { 3558 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 3559 << var->getType(); 3560 return true; 3561 } 3562 } 3563 3564 return false; 3565} 3566 3567NamedDecl* 3568Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 3569 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3570 LookupResult &Previous, 3571 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3572 bool &Redeclaration) { 3573 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 3574 3575 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3576 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3577 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3578 3579 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 3580 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3581 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3582 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3583 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3584 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3585 // an error here 3586 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3587 D.setInvalidType(); 3588 SC = SC_None; 3589 } 3590 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3591 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3592 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3593 3594 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 3595 if (!II) { 3596 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 3597 << Name.getAsString(); 3598 return 0; 3599 } 3600 3601 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3602 3603 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3604 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 3605 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 3606 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 3607 3608 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 3609 // is a GNU extension. 3610 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 3611 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 3612 else 3613 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 3614 D.setInvalidType(); 3615 } 3616 } 3617 3618 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3619 VarDecl *NewVD; 3620 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3621 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3622 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3623 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3624 3625 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3626 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3627 } else { 3628 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3629 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 3630 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3631 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3632 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3633 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3634 } else if (SC == SC_None) 3635 SC = SC_Static; 3636 } 3637 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3638 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3639 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 3640 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3641 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 3642 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 3643 3644 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 3645 // the program is ill-formed. 3646 // 3647 // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 3648 if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName())) 3649 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3650 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct) 3651 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 3652 } 3653 } 3654 3655 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3656 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3657 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3658 bool Invalid = false; 3659 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3660 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3661 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3662 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3663 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3664 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3665 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3666 /*never a friend*/ false, 3667 isExplicitSpecialization, 3668 Invalid)) { 3669 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3670 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 3671 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 3672 << II 3673 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3674 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3675 return 0; 3676 } else { 3677 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 3678 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 3679 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3680 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 3681 << II 3682 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3683 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3684 } 3685 } 3686 3687 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3688 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3689 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3690 3691 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 3692 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 3693 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 3694 R->getContainedAutoType()) 3695 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 3696 3697 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 3698 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3699 3700 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 3701 3702 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3703 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3704 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3705 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3706 } 3707 } 3708 3709 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 3710 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 3711 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 3712 else if (!Context.Target.isTLSSupported()) 3713 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 3714 else 3715 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 3716 } 3717 3718 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 3719 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3720 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3721 3722 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3723 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 3724 3725 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 3726 // retainable type. 3727 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 3728 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3729 3730 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 3731 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 3732 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 3733 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 3734 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 3735 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 3736 switch (SC) { 3737 case SC_None: 3738 case SC_Auto: 3739 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 3740 break; 3741 case SC_Register: 3742 if (!Context.Target.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 3743 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 3744 break; 3745 case SC_Static: 3746 case SC_Extern: 3747 case SC_PrivateExtern: 3748 break; 3749 } 3750 } 3751 3752 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 3753 Context, Label)); 3754 } 3755 3756 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 3757 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 3758 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 3759 3760 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 3761 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 3762 // declaration has linkage). 3763 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 3764 isExplicitSpecialization); 3765 3766 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3767 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3768 else { 3769 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 3770 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3771 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3772 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 3773 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3774 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 3775 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3776 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 3777 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3778 Previous.clear(); 3779 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3780 } 3781 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3782 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 3783 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 3784 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 3785 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3786 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3787 } 3788 3789 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3790 3791 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 3792 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 3793 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 3794 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3795 } 3796 3797 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 3798 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 3799 // here. 3800 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3801 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3802 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 3803 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 3804 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 3805 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3806 } 3807 } 3808 3809 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 3810 // such variables. 3811 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 3812 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3813 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 3814 3815 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 3816 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 3817 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 3818 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 3819 3820 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 3821 3822 return NewVD; 3823} 3824 3825/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 3826/// -Wshadow. 3827/// 3828/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 3829/// scope. 3830/// 3831/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 3832/// \param R the lookup of the name 3833/// 3834void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 3835 // Return if warning is ignored. 3836 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 3837 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3838 return; 3839 3840 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 3841 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 3842 return; 3843 3844 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 3845 3846 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 3847 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 3848 return; 3849 3850 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 3851 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3852 return; 3853 3854 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 3855 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3856 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 3857 if (MD->isStatic()) 3858 return; 3859 3860 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3861 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 3862 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 3863 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 3864 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 3865 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 3866 I != E; ++I) 3867 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 3868 ShadowedDecl = *I; 3869 break; 3870 } 3871 } 3872 3873 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 3874 3875 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 3876 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 3877 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 3878 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 3879 return; 3880 3881 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 3882 // static data members from base classes? 3883 3884 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 3885 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 3886 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 3887 } 3888 3889 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 3890 unsigned Kind; 3891 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 3892 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3893 Kind = 3; // field 3894 else 3895 Kind = 2; // static data member 3896 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 3897 Kind = 1; // global 3898 else 3899 Kind = 0; // local 3900 3901 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 3902 3903 // Emit warning and note. 3904 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 3905 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3906} 3907 3908/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 3909void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 3910 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 3911 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3912 return; 3913 3914 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 3915 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3916 LookupName(R, S); 3917 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 3918} 3919 3920/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 3921/// declaration. 3922/// 3923/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 3924/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 3925/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 3926/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 3927/// that have been instantiated from a template. 3928/// 3929/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 3930void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 3931 LookupResult &Previous, 3932 bool &Redeclaration) { 3933 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 3934 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3935 return; 3936 3937 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 3938 3939 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 3940 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 3941 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 3942 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3943 } 3944 3945 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 3946 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 3947 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 3948 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 3949 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 3950 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 3951 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3952 } 3953 3954 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 3955 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3956 if (getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC) 3957 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 3958 else 3959 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 3960 } 3961 3962 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 3963 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 3964 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3965 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3966 3967 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 3968 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 3969 bool SizeIsNegative; 3970 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3971 QualType FixedTy = 3972 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3973 Oversized); 3974 3975 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 3976 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 3977 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 3978 // int a[10][n]; 3979 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 3980 3981 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3982 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 3983 << SizeRange; 3984 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 3985 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 3986 << SizeRange; 3987 else 3988 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 3989 << SizeRange; 3990 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3991 } 3992 3993 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 3994 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3995 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3996 else 3997 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 3998 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3999 } 4000 4001 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4002 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 4003 } 4004 4005 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 4006 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4007 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4008 // declaration with the same name. 4009 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4010 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewVD->getDeclName()); 4011 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4012 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4013 } 4014 4015 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 4016 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 4017 << T; 4018 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4019 } 4020 4021 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4022 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 4023 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4024 } 4025 4026 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4027 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 4028 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4029 } 4030 4031 // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only 4032 // function pointer-to-members can do that. 4033 QualType Pointee; 4034 unsigned PtrOrRef = 0; 4035 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 4036 Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 4037 else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 4038 Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType(); 4039 PtrOrRef = 1; 4040 } 4041 if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() && 4042 Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) { 4043 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer) 4044 << PtrOrRef; 4045 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4046 } 4047 4048 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4049 Redeclaration = true; 4050 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 4051 } 4052} 4053 4054/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 4055struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 4056 Sema *S; 4057 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 4058}; 4059 4060/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 4061/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 4062/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 4063static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 4064 CXXBasePath &Path, 4065 void *UserData) { 4066 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 4067 4068 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 4069 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 4070 4071 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 4072 4073 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 4074 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4075 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 4076 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 4077 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 4078 4079 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 4080 } 4081 4082 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 4083 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 4084 ++Path.Decls.first) { 4085 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 4086 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 4087 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 4088 return true; 4089 } 4090 } 4091 4092 return false; 4093} 4094 4095/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 4096/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 4097bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 4098 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 4099 CXXBasePaths Paths; 4100 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 4101 Data.Method = MD; 4102 Data.S = this; 4103 bool AddedAny = false; 4104 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 4105 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 4106 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4107 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 4108 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 4109 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 4110 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 4111 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 4112 AddedAny = true; 4113 } 4114 } 4115 } 4116 } 4117 4118 return AddedAny; 4119} 4120 4121static void DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD) { 4122 LookupResult Prev(S, NewFD->getDeclName(), NewFD->getLocation(), 4123 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4124 S.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewFD->getDeclContext()); 4125 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 4126 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 4127 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 4128 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4129 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) && 4130 isNearlyMatchingFunction(S.Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD)) 4131 S.Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 4132 } 4133} 4134 4135NamedDecl* 4136Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4137 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4138 LookupResult &Previous, 4139 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 4140 bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration) { 4141 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 4142 4143 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4144 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4145 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4146 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = SC_None; 4147 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 4148 default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); 4149 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 4150 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 4151 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 4152 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4153 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 4154 D.setInvalidType(); 4155 break; 4156 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = SC_None; break; 4157 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = SC_Extern; break; 4158 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 4159 if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4160 // C99 6.7.1p5: 4161 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 4162 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 4163 // other than extern 4164 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 4165 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4166 diag::err_static_block_func); 4167 SC = SC_None; 4168 } else 4169 SC = SC_Static; 4170 break; 4171 } 4172 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = SC_PrivateExtern; break; 4173 } 4174 4175 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4176 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4177 4178 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 4179 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 4180 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4181 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 4182 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 4183 D.setInvalidType(); 4184 } 4185 4186 FunctionDecl *NewFD; 4187 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 4188 bool isFriend = false; 4189 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4190 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4191 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4192 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 4193 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4194 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4195 4196 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4197 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4198 // prototype. This true when: 4199 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 4200 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 4201 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 4202 bool HasPrototype = 4203 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 4204 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 4205 4206 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4207 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4208 HasPrototype); 4209 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4210 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4211 4212 // Set the lexical context. 4213 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4214 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 4215 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 4216 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4217 } else { 4218 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4219 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 4220 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 4221 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 4222 4223 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 4224 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 4225 // the class has been completely parsed. 4226 if (!DC->isRecord() && 4227 RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4228 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4229 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4230 AbstractReturnType)) 4231 D.setInvalidType(); 4232 4233 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 4234 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 4235 assert(DC->isRecord() && 4236 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 4237 4238 R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4239 4240 // Create the new declaration 4241 CXXConstructorDecl *NewCD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create( 4242 Context, 4243 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4244 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4245 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4246 isExplicit, isInline, 4247 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 4248 4249 NewFD = NewCD; 4250 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4251 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 4252 if (DC->isRecord()) { 4253 R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4254 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4255 4256 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, Record, 4257 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4258 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4259 isInline, 4260 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 4261 NewFD = NewDD; 4262 isVirtualOkay = true; 4263 4264 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 4265 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 4266 // it yet. 4267 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && !Record->isDependentType() && 4268 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 4269 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 4270 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 4271 } 4272 4273 } else { 4274 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 4275 4276 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 4277 // code path. 4278 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4279 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 4280 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4281 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 4282 D.setInvalidType(); 4283 } 4284 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 4285 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 4286 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4287 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 4288 return 0; 4289 } 4290 4291 CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4292 NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4293 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4294 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4295 isInline, isExplicit, 4296 SourceLocation()); 4297 4298 isVirtualOkay = true; 4299 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 4300 // If the of the function is the same as the name of the record, then this 4301 // must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 4302 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 4303 // constructor if it has no return type). 4304 // must have an invalid constructor that has a return type 4305 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 4306 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 4307 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 4308 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 4309 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4310 return 0; 4311 } 4312 4313 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 4314 4315 // [class.free]p1: 4316 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 4317 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4318 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 4319 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 4320 isStatic = true; 4321 4322 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 4323 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4324 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 4325 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 4326 isStatic = true; 4327 4328 // This is a C++ method declaration. 4329 CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = CXXMethodDecl::Create( 4330 Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4331 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4332 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4333 isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4334 SourceLocation()); 4335 NewFD = NewMD; 4336 4337 isVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 4338 } else { 4339 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4340 // prototype. This true when: 4341 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 4342 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4343 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4344 true/*HasPrototype*/); 4345 } 4346 4347 if (isFriend && !isInline && IsFunctionDefinition) { 4348 // C++ [class.friend]p5 4349 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 4350 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 4351 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4352 } 4353 4354 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 4355 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4356 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4357 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4358 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4359 4360 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 4361 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 4362 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4363 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4364 4365 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4366 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4367 bool Invalid = false; 4368 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4369 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4370 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4371 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4372 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4373 TemplateParamLists.get(), 4374 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4375 isFriend, 4376 isExplicitSpecialization, 4377 Invalid)) { 4378 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4379 // This is a function template 4380 4381 // Check that we can declare a template here. 4382 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 4383 return 0; 4384 4385 // A destructor cannot be a template. 4386 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4387 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 4388 return 0; 4389 } 4390 4391 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 4392 NewFD->getLocation(), 4393 Name, TemplateParams, 4394 NewFD); 4395 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4396 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 4397 4398 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 4399 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 4400 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4401 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 4402 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4403 } 4404 } else { 4405 // This is a function template specialization. 4406 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4407 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4408 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4409 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4410 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4411 4412 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 4413 if (isFriend) { 4414 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 4415 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 4416 4417 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 4418 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 4419 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 4420 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 4421 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 4422 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 4423 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4424 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 4425 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 4426 } 4427 4428 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 4429 << Name << RemoveRange 4430 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 4431 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 4432 } 4433 } 4434 } 4435 else { 4436 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 4437 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 4438 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 4439 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4440 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4441 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4442 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4443 } 4444 4445 if (Invalid) { 4446 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4447 if (FunctionTemplate) 4448 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4449 } 4450 4451 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 4452 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 4453 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 4454 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 4455 // 4456 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4457 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 4458 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4459 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4460 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 4461 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 4462 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4463 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 4464 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 4465 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4466 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 4467 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 4468 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4469 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 4470 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 4471 } else { 4472 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 4473 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 4474 } 4475 } 4476 4477 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 4478 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration. 4479 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4480 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4481 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 4482 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 4483 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 4484 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 4485 } 4486 } 4487 4488 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 4489 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 4490 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1 4491 // and 12.3.2. 4492 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4493 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 4494 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 4495 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4496 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 4497 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4498 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 4499 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4500 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 4501 // or conversion function. 4502 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4503 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 4504 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4505 } 4506 } 4507 4508 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 4509 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 4510 isExplicitSpecialization || 4511 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 4512 4513 if (isFriend) { 4514 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 4515 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4516 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 4517 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 4518 } 4519 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 4520 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 4521 } 4522 4523 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && IsFunctionDefinition) { 4524 // A method is implicitly inline if it's defined in its class 4525 // definition. 4526 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4527 } 4528 4529 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 4530 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4531 // C++ [class.static]p1: 4532 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 4533 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 4534 // the class. 4535 4536 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 4537 // member function definition. 4538 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4539 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4540 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4541 } 4542 } 4543 4544 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4545 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 4546 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4547 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4548 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 4549 SE->getString())); 4550 } 4551 4552 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 4553 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 4554 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 4555 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 4556 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 4557 4558 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 4559 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 4560 // single void argument. 4561 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 4562 // already checks for that case. 4563 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 4564 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 4565 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 4566 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 4567 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 4568 4569 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 4570 // typedef of void is not permitted. 4571 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4572 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 4573 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 4574 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 4575 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 4576 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 4577 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 4578 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 4579 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 4580 << IsTypeAlias; 4581 } 4582 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 4583 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 4584 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 4585 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 4586 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 4587 Params.push_back(Param); 4588 4589 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 4590 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4591 } 4592 } 4593 4594 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4595 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 4596 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 4597 // parameters for use in the declaration. 4598 // 4599 // @code 4600 // typedef void fn(int); 4601 // fn f; 4602 // @endcode 4603 4604 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 4605 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 4606 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 4607 ParmVarDecl *Param = 4608 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 4609 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 4610 Params.push_back(Param); 4611 } 4612 } else { 4613 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 4614 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 4615 } 4616 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 4617 NewFD->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 4618 4619 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 4620 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4621 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 4622 4623 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4624 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4625 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 4626 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 4627 Redeclaration); 4628 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4629 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4630 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4631 } else { 4632 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 4633 // argument list into our AST format. 4634 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4635 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 4636 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4637 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 4638 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 4639 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4640 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 4641 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 4642 TemplateId->NumArgs); 4643 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 4644 TemplateArgs); 4645 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 4646 4647 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4648 4649 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4650 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4651 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 4652 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 4653 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 4654 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4655 4656 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4657 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4658 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4659 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 4660 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 4661 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 4662 // too few of them). 4663 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 4664 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 4665 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 4666 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4667 "template<> "); 4668 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4669 } else { 4670 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 4671 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4672 } 4673 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4674 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 4675 // wrote something like: 4676 // template <> friend void foo(int); 4677 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 4678 // friend void foo<>(int); 4679 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 4680 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4681 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4682 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4683 } 4684 4685 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 4686 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 4687 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 4688 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 4689 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 4690 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext())) { 4691 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 4692 "friend function specialization without template args"); 4693 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 4694 Previous)) 4695 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4696 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4697 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 4698 && !isFriend) { 4699 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 4700 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4701 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4702 return 0; 4703 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 4704 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 4705 Previous)) 4706 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4707 4708 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4709 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 4710 // specialization (14.7.3) 4711 if (SC != SC_None) { 4712 if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 4713 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4714 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 4715 << SC 4716 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 4717 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4718 4719 else 4720 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4721 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 4722 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 4723 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4724 } 4725 4726 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4727 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 4728 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4729 } 4730 4731 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4732 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 4733 Redeclaration); 4734 4735 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4736 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4737 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4738 4739 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 4740 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 4741 : NewFD); 4742 4743 if (isFriend && Redeclaration) { 4744 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 4745 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4746 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess(); 4747 4748 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 4749 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 4750 4751 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 4752 } 4753 4754 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 4755 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 4756 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 4757 4758 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 4759 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 4760 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4761 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration(); 4762 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 4763 PrevTemplate? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 4764 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 4765 ? (IsFunctionDefinition 4766 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 4767 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 4768 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4769 DC && DC->isRecord() && 4770 DC->isDependentContext()) 4771 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 4772 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 4773 } 4774 4775 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4776 // Ignore all the rest of this. 4777 } else if (!Redeclaration) { 4778 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 4779 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 4780 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 4781 4782 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 4783 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4784 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 4785 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 4786 4787 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 4788 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 4789 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 4790 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 4791 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 4792 // can actually do this check immediately. 4793 if (isFriend && 4794 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 4795 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 4796 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 4797 // ignore these 4798 } else { 4799 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 4800 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 4801 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 4802 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 4803 // 4804 // class X { 4805 // void f() const; 4806 // }; 4807 // 4808 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 4809 // 4810 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 4811 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 4812 // whether the parameter types are references). 4813 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match) 4814 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4815 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4816 4817 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4818 } 4819 4820 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 4821 // to something. 4822 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 4823 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_matching_local_friend); 4824 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4825 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4826 } 4827 4828 } else if (!IsFunctionDefinition && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4829 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4830 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 4831 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 4832 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4833 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 4834 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 4835 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension 4836 // for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them. 4837 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 4838 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4839 } 4840 } 4841 4842 4843 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 4844 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 4845 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 4846 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 4847 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4848 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 4849 4850 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 4851 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 4852 if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 4853 const FunctionDecl *Def; 4854 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4855 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->isDefined(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 4856 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 4857 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4858 } 4859 } 4860 4861 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 4862 4863 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 4864 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4865 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4866 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 4867 << NewFD; 4868 4869 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 4870 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4871 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 4872 EPI.Variadic = true; 4873 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 4874 4875 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 4876 NewFD->setType(R); 4877 } 4878 4879 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4880 // member, set the visibility of this function. 4881 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4882 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 4883 4884 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 4885 // map of such names. 4886 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 4887 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4888 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 4889 4890 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 4891 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 4892 4893 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4894 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4895 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4896 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4897 return FunctionTemplate; 4898 } 4899 } 4900 4901 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 4902 4903 if (getLangOptions().CUDA) 4904 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 4905 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 4906 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4907 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 4908 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 4909 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 4910 4911 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 4912 } 4913 } 4914 4915 return NewFD; 4916} 4917 4918/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 4919/// 4920/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 4921/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 4922/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 4923/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 4924/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 4925/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 4926/// via InstantiateDecl). 4927/// 4928/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 4929/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 4930/// 4931/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 4932void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4933 LookupResult &Previous, 4934 bool IsExplicitSpecialization, 4935 bool &Redeclaration) { 4936 // If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking. 4937 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4938 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 4939 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 4940 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 4941 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 4942 4943 return; 4944 } 4945 4946 if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4947 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 4948 // because all functions have linkage. 4949 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 4950 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4951 } 4952 4953 if (NewFD->isMain()) 4954 CheckMain(NewFD); 4955 4956 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 4957 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 4958 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4959 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4960 // declaration with the same name. 4961 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4962 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewFD->getDeclName()); 4963 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4964 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4965 } 4966 4967 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 4968 // the same name, if appropriate. 4969 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4970 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 4971 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 4972 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 4973 // function to the scope. 4974 4975 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 4976 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 4977 Redeclaration = true; 4978 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 4979 } else { 4980 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 4981 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 4982 case Ovl_Match: 4983 Redeclaration = true; 4984 break; 4985 4986 case Ovl_NonFunction: 4987 Redeclaration = true; 4988 break; 4989 4990 case Ovl_Overload: 4991 Redeclaration = false; 4992 break; 4993 } 4994 4995 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 4996 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 4997 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 4998 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 4999 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 5000 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 5001 if (Redeclaration) 5002 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 5003 else if (!Previous.empty()) 5004 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 5005 if (OverloadedDecl) 5006 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 5007 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 5008 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 5009 Context)); 5010 } 5011 } 5012 5013 if (Redeclaration) { 5014 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 5015 // merged. 5016 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) 5017 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5018 5019 Previous.clear(); 5020 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 5021 5022 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 5023 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5024 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 5025 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 5026 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 5027 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 5028 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 5029 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 5030 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 5031 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 5032 } 5033 5034 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 5035 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 5036 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 5037 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 5038 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 5039 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 5040 } 5041 } else { 5042 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 5043 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 5044 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 5045 } 5046 } 5047 } 5048 5049 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 5050 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5051 // C++-specific checks. 5052 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 5053 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 5054 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 5055 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 5056 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 5057 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 5058 5059 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 5060 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 5061 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 5062 DeclarationName Name 5063 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 5064 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 5065 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 5066 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 5067 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5068 } 5069 } 5070 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 5071 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5072 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 5073 } 5074 5075 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 5076 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 5077 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 5078 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5079 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 5080 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 5081 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 5082 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 5083 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 5084 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 5085 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 5086 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 5087 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 5088 ++Overridden) { 5089 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 5090 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 5091 } 5092 } 5093 } 5094 } 5095 } 5096 5097 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 5098 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 5099 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 5100 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5101 5102 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 5103 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 5104 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 5105 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5106 5107 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 5108 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 5109 // during delayed parsing anyway. 5110 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 5111 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 5112 5113 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 5114 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 5115 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 5116 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 5117 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 5118 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 5119 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 5120 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 5121 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 5122 } 5123 } 5124 } 5125} 5126 5127void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD) { 5128 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline 5129 // or static is ill-formed. 5130 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 5131 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 5132 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 5133 bool isInline = FD->isInlineSpecified(); 5134 bool isStatic = FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static; 5135 if (isInline || isStatic) { 5136 unsigned diagID = diag::warn_unusual_main_decl; 5137 if (isInline || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 5138 diagID = diag::err_unusual_main_decl; 5139 5140 int which = isStatic + (isInline << 1) - 1; 5141 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diagID) << which; 5142 } 5143 5144 QualType T = FD->getType(); 5145 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 5146 const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5147 5148 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 5149 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 5150 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5151 } 5152 5153 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 5154 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 5155 5156 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 5157 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 5158 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 5159 5160 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 5161 5162 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 5163 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 5164 // getting shifty. 5165 if (nparams == 4 && Context.Target.getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 5166 HasExtraParameters = false; 5167 5168 if (HasExtraParameters) { 5169 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 5170 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5171 nparams = 3; 5172 } 5173 5174 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 5175 // if we had some location information about types. 5176 5177 QualType CharPP = 5178 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 5179 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 5180 5181 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 5182 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 5183 5184 bool mismatch = true; 5185 5186 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 5187 mismatch = false; 5188 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 5189 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 5190 // char const ** 5191 // char const * const * 5192 // char * const * 5193 5194 QualifierCollector qs; 5195 const PointerType* PT; 5196 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5197 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5198 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 5199 qs.removeConst(); 5200 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 5201 } 5202 } 5203 5204 if (mismatch) { 5205 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 5206 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 5207 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5208 } 5209 } 5210 5211 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5212 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 5213 } 5214 5215 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5216 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 5217 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5218 } 5219} 5220 5221bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 5222 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 5223 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 5224 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 5225 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 5226 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 5227 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 5228 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 5229 // rules there don't matter.) 5230 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 5231 return false; 5232 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 5233 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5234 return true; 5235} 5236 5237namespace { 5238 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 5239 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 5240 class SelfReferenceChecker 5241 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 5242 Sema &S; 5243 Decl *OrigDecl; 5244 5245 public: 5246 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 5247 5248 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 5249 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { } 5250 5251 void VisitExpr(Expr *E) { 5252 if (isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(*E)) return; 5253 Inherited::VisitExpr(E); 5254 } 5255 5256 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 5257 CheckForSelfReference(E); 5258 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 5259 } 5260 5261 void CheckForSelfReference(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 5262 if (E->getCastKind() != CK_LValueToRValue) return; 5263 Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5264 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr); 5265 if (!DRE) return; 5266 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 5267 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 5268 LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 5269 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 5270 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(SubExpr->getLocStart(), SubExpr, 5271 S.PDiag(diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init) 5272 << Result.getLookupName() 5273 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 5274 << SubExpr->getSourceRange()); 5275 } 5276 }; 5277} 5278 5279/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 5280/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 5281/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 5282void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 5283 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5284 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 5285 // the initializer. 5286 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5287 return; 5288 5289 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 5290 if (VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5291 // Variables declared within a function/method body are handled 5292 // by a dataflow analysis. 5293 if (!vd->hasLocalStorage() && !vd->isStaticLocal()) 5294 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, RealDecl).VisitExpr(Init); 5295 } 5296 else { 5297 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, RealDecl).VisitExpr(Init); 5298 } 5299 5300 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5301 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 5302 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 5303 // Thus this grotesque test. 5304 IntegerLiteral *IL; 5305 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 5306 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 5307 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 5308 else { 5309 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 5310 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 5311 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 5312 } 5313 return; 5314 } 5315 5316 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 5317 if (!VDecl) { 5318 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 5319 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 5320 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5321 return; 5322 } 5323 5324 // C++0x [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 5325 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) { 5326 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 5327 if (!DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), Init, DeducedType)) 5328 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_deduction_failure) 5329 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() << Init->getType() 5330 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5331 if (!DeducedType) { 5332 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5333 return; 5334 } 5335 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 5336 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 5337 5338 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 5339 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 5340 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5341 5342 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 5343 // the previously declared type. 5344 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDeclaration()) 5345 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 5346 } 5347 5348 5349 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 5350 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the 5351 // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 5352 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 5353 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 5354 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 5355 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 5356 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5357 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5358 return; 5359 } 5360 5361 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 5362 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 5363 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5364 AbstractVariableType)) 5365 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5366 5367 const VarDecl *Def; 5368 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 5369 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 5370 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 5371 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5372 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5373 return; 5374 } 5375 5376 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 5377 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5378 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 5379 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 5380 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 5381 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 5382 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 5383 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 5384 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 5385 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 5386 // 5387 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 5388 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 5389 // declaration with an initializer. 5390 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 5391 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VDecl->getDeclName(); 5392 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5393 return; 5394 } 5395 5396 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 5397 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5398 5399 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 5400 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5401 return; 5402 } 5403 } 5404 5405 // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of 5406 // initialization. 5407 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 5408 5409 // FIXME: Poor source location information. 5410 InitializationKind Kind 5411 = DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 5412 Init->getLocStart(), 5413 Init->getLocEnd()) 5414 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 5415 Init->getLocStart()); 5416 5417 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 5418 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 5419 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 5420 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 5421 if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5 5422 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 5423 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5424 } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5425 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5426 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5427 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5428 &DclT); 5429 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5430 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5431 return; 5432 } 5433 5434 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5435 5436 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 5437 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 5438 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5439 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. 5440 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 5441 } 5442 } 5443 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 5444 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 5445 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 5446 // 5447 // struct S { 5448 // static const int value = 17; 5449 // }; 5450 5451 // Try to perform the initialization regardless. 5452 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5453 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5454 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5455 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5456 &DclT); 5457 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5458 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5459 return; 5460 } 5461 5462 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5463 } 5464 5465 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 5466 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 5467 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 5468 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 5469 QualType T = VDecl->getType(); 5470 5471 // Do nothing on dependent types. 5472 if (T->isDependentType()) { 5473 5474 // Require constness. 5475 } else if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 5476 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 5477 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5478 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5479 5480 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 5481 } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 5482 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 5483 SourceLocation Loc; 5484 if (Init->isValueDependent()) 5485 ; // Nothing to check. 5486 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 5487 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 5488 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 5489 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 5490 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 5491 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5492 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5493 } else { 5494 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 5495 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 5496 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5497 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5498 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5499 } 5500 5501 // We allow floating-point constants as an extension in C++03, and 5502 // C++0x has far more complicated rules that we don't really 5503 // implement fully. 5504 } else { 5505 bool Allowed = false; 5506 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) { 5507 Allowed = T->isLiteralType(); 5508 } else if (T->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 5509 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 5510 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 5511 Allowed = true; 5512 } 5513 5514 if (!Allowed) { 5515 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 5516 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 5517 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5518 5519 // TODO: there are probably expressions that pass here that shouldn't. 5520 } else if (!Init->isValueDependent() && 5521 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) { 5522 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5523 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5524 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5525 } 5526 } 5527 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 5528 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 5529 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 5530 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 5531 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 5532 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5533 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5534 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5535 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5536 &DclT); 5537 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5538 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5539 return; 5540 } 5541 5542 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5543 } 5544 5545 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 5546 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 5547 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5548 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 5549 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 5550 } 5551 } 5552 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 5553 // completed by the initializer. For example: 5554 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 5555 // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 5556 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { 5557 VDecl->setType(DclT); 5558 Init->setType(DclT); 5559 } 5560 5561 5562 // If this variable is a local declaration with record type, make sure it 5563 // doesn't have a flexible member initialization. We only support this as a 5564 // global/static definition. 5565 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 5566 if (const RecordType *RT = VDecl->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 5567 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5568 // Check whether the initializer tries to initialize the flexible 5569 // array member itself to anything other than an empty initializer list. 5570 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 5571 unsigned Index = std::distance(RT->getDecl()->field_begin(), 5572 RT->getDecl()->field_end()) - 1; 5573 if (Index < ILE->getNumInits() && 5574 !(isa<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index)) && 5575 cast<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index))->getNumInits() == 0)) { 5576 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_flexible_variable); 5577 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5578 } 5579 } 5580 } 5581 5582 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 5583 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 5584 5585 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5586 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 5587 5588 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 5589 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 5590 VDecl->setInit(Init); 5591 5592 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 5593} 5594 5595/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 5596/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 5597/// of sanity. 5598void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 5599 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 5600 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 5601 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 5602 5603 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 5604 if (!VD) return; 5605 5606 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 5607 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 5608 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5609 return; 5610 } 5611 5612 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 5613 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 5614 5615 // Require a complete type. 5616 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 5617 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 5618 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5619 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 5620 return; 5621 } 5622 5623 // Require an abstract type. 5624 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 5625 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5626 AbstractVariableType)) { 5627 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 5628 return; 5629 } 5630 5631 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 5632 // though. 5633} 5634 5635void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 5636 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5637 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 5638 if (RealDecl == 0) 5639 return; 5640 5641 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5642 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 5643 5644 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3 5645 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 5646 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 5647 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 5648 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5649 return; 5650 } 5651 5652 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 5653 case VarDecl::Definition: 5654 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 5655 break; 5656 5657 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 5658 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 5659 // a declaration. 5660 // 5661 // Fall through 5662 5663 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 5664 // It's only a declaration. 5665 5666 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 5667 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 5668 // object shall be complete. 5669 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 5670 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 5671 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5672 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 5673 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5674 5675 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 5676 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 5677 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5678 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5679 AbstractVariableType)) 5680 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5681 return; 5682 5683 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 5684 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 5685 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 5686 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 5687 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 5688 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 5689 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 5690 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 5691 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 5692 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 5693 ArrayT->getElementType(), 5694 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 5695 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5696 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 5697 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 5698 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 5699 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 5700 // NOTE: code such as the following 5701 // static struct s; 5702 // struct s { int a; }; 5703 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 5704 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 5705 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 5706 if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0) 5707 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5708 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 5709 } 5710 } 5711 5712 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 5713 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 5714 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 5715 return; 5716 } 5717 5718 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 5719 // definitions with incomplete array type. 5720 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 5721 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 5722 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 5723 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5724 return; 5725 } 5726 5727 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 5728 // definitions with reference type. 5729 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 5730 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 5731 << Var->getDeclName() 5732 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 5733 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5734 return; 5735 } 5736 5737 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 5738 // variable with dependent type. 5739 if (Type->isDependentType()) 5740 return; 5741 5742 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 5743 return; 5744 5745 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 5746 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 5747 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5748 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5749 return; 5750 } 5751 5752 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 5753 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5754 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5755 AbstractVariableType)) { 5756 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5757 return; 5758 } 5759 5760 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 5761 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 5762 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 5763 // C++0x [stmt.dcl]p3 5764 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 5765 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 5766 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 5767 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 5768 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 5769 // types and is declared without an initializer. 5770 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 5771 if (const RecordType *Record 5772 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5773 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 5774 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && !CXXRecord->isPOD()) || 5775 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 5776 (!CXXRecord->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() || 5777 !CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor()))) 5778 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5779 } 5780 } 5781 5782 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 5783 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 5784 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 5785 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 5786 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 5787 // type shall have a user-declared default 5788 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 5789 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 5790 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 5791 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 5792 // program is ill-formed. 5793 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 5794 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 5795 // default-initialized; [...]. 5796 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 5797 InitializationKind Kind 5798 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 5799 5800 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 5801 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5802 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 5803 if (Init.isInvalid()) 5804 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5805 else if (Init.get()) 5806 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 5807 5808 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 5809 } 5810} 5811 5812void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 5813 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 5814 if (!VD) { 5815 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 5816 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5817 return; 5818 } 5819 5820 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 5821 5822 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 5823 int Error = -1; 5824 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 5825 case SC_None: 5826 break; 5827 case SC_Extern: 5828 Error = 0; 5829 break; 5830 case SC_Static: 5831 Error = 1; 5832 break; 5833 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5834 Error = 2; 5835 break; 5836 case SC_Auto: 5837 Error = 3; 5838 break; 5839 case SC_Register: 5840 Error = 4; 5841 break; 5842 } 5843 // FIXME: constexpr isn't allowed here. 5844 //if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 5845 // Error = 5; 5846 if (Error != -1) { 5847 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 5848 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 5849 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5850 } 5851} 5852 5853void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 5854 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 5855 5856 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 5857 // local retaining variable. 5858 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 5859 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 5860 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 5861 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 5862 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 5863 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 5864 break; 5865 5866 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 5867 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 5868 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5869 break; 5870 } 5871 } 5872 5873 // All the following checks are C++ only. 5874 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return; 5875 5876 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType()); 5877 if (baseType->isDependentType()) return; 5878 5879 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 5880 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5881 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 5882 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 5883 5884 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 5885 // constructing this copy. 5886 QualType type = var->getType(); 5887 5888 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5889 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 5890 Expr *varRef = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, type, VK_LValue, poi); 5891 ExprResult result = 5892 PerformCopyInitialization( 5893 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 5894 poi, Owned(varRef)); 5895 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 5896 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 5897 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5898 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 5899 } 5900 } 5901 } 5902 5903 // Check for global constructors. 5904 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 5905 var->hasGlobalStorage() && 5906 !var->isStaticLocal() && 5907 var->getInit() && 5908 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context, 5909 baseType->isReferenceType())) 5910 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 5911 << var->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 5912 5913 // Require the destructor. 5914 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 5915 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 5916} 5917 5918/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 5919/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 5920void 5921Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 5922 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 5923 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 5924} 5925 5926Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 5927Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 5928 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 5929 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 5930 5931 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 5932 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 5933 5934 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 5935 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 5936 Decls.push_back(D); 5937 5938 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 5939 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 5940} 5941 5942/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 5943/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 5944Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 5945Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 5946 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5947 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 5948 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 5949 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 5950 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 5951 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 5952 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 5953 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 5954 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 5955 QualType Deduced; 5956 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 5957 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 5958 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 5959 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 5960 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 5961 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 5962 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 5963 break; 5964 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 5965 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 5966 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 5967 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 5968 Deduced = U; 5969 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 5970 DeducedDecl = D; 5971 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 5972 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 5973 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 5974 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 5975 << U << D->getDeclName() 5976 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 5977 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 5978 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5979 break; 5980 } 5981 } 5982 } 5983 } 5984 } 5985 5986 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 5987} 5988 5989 5990/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 5991/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 5992Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 5993 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 5994 5995 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 5996 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 5997 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 5998 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 5999 StorageClass = SC_Register; 6000 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 6001 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 6002 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6003 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 6004 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 6005 } 6006 6007 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 6008 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 6009 6010 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 6011 6012 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 6013 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 6014 6015 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6016 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 6017 // parameter. 6018 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 6019 6020 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6021 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6022 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 6023 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6024 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 6025 } 6026 } 6027 6028 // Ensure we have a valid name 6029 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 6030 if (D.hasName()) { 6031 II = D.getIdentifier(); 6032 if (!II) { 6033 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 6034 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 6035 D.setInvalidType(true); 6036 } 6037 } 6038 6039 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 6040 if (II) { 6041 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 6042 ForRedeclaration); 6043 LookupName(R, S); 6044 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 6045 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6046 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 6047 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6048 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 6049 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6050 PrevDecl = 0; 6051 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 6052 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 6053 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6054 6055 // Recover by removing the name 6056 II = 0; 6057 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6058 D.setInvalidType(true); 6059 } 6060 } 6061 } 6062 6063 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 6064 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 6065 // looking like class members in C++. 6066 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6067 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 6068 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 6069 parmDeclType, TInfo, 6070 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 6071 6072 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6073 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6074 6075 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 6076 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 6077 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 6078 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 6079 6080 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 6081 S->AddDecl(New); 6082 if (II) 6083 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 6084 6085 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 6086 6087 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6088 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6089 } 6090 return New; 6091} 6092 6093/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 6094/// typedef. 6095ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 6096 SourceLocation Loc, 6097 QualType T) { 6098 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 6099 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 6100 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 6101 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 6102 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 6103 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 6104 Param->setImplicit(); 6105 return Param; 6106} 6107 6108void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 6109 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 6110 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 6111 // will already have done so in the template itself. 6112 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 6113 return; 6114 6115 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 6116 if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 6117 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 6118 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 6119 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 6120 } 6121 } 6122} 6123 6124void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 6125 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 6126 QualType ReturnTy, 6127 NamedDecl *D) { 6128 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 6129 return; 6130 6131 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 6132 // threshold. 6133 if (ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 6134 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 6135 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 6136 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 6137 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 6138 } 6139 6140 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 6141 // threshold. 6142 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 6143 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 6144 if (!T.isPODType(Context)) 6145 continue; 6146 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 6147 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 6148 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 6149 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 6150 } 6151} 6152 6153ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 6154 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 6155 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6156 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 6157 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 6158 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 6159 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 6160 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 6161 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 6162 6163 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 6164 6165 // Special cases for arrays: 6166 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 6167 // - otherwise, it's an error 6168 if (T->isArrayType()) { 6169 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 6170 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership) 6171 << TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 6172 } 6173 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 6174 } else { 6175 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 6176 } 6177 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 6178 } 6179 6180 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 6181 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 6182 TSInfo, 6183 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 6184 0); 6185 6186 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 6187 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6188 // the class has been completely parsed. 6189 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 6190 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6191 AbstractParamType)) 6192 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6193 6194 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 6195 // passed by reference. 6196 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6197 Diag(NameLoc, 6198 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T; 6199 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6200 } 6201 6202 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 6203 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 6204 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 6205 // an address space. 6206 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6207 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 6208 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6209 } 6210 6211 return New; 6212} 6213 6214void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 6215 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 6216 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 6217 6218 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 6219 // for a K&R function. 6220 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 6221 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 6222 --i; 6223 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 6224 llvm::SmallString<256> Code; 6225 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 6226 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 6227 << ";\n"; 6228 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 6229 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 6230 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 6231 6232 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 6233 // type. 6234 AttributeFactory attrs; 6235 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 6236 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 6237 unsigned DiagID; // unused 6238 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 6239 PrevSpec, DiagID); 6240 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 6241 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 6242 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 6243 } 6244 } 6245 } 6246} 6247 6248Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 6249 Declarator &D) { 6250 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 6251 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 6252 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 6253 6254 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 6255 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 6256 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true); 6257 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 6258} 6259 6260static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6261 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 6262 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6263 return false; 6264 6265 // Or declarations that aren't global. 6266 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 6267 return false; 6268 6269 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 6270 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 6271 return false; 6272 6273 // Don't warn about 'main'. 6274 if (FD->isMain()) 6275 return false; 6276 6277 // Don't warn about inline functions. 6278 if (FD->isInlined()) 6279 return false; 6280 6281 // Don't warn about function templates. 6282 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 6283 return false; 6284 6285 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 6286 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 6287 return false; 6288 6289 bool MissingPrototype = true; 6290 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); 6291 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { 6292 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 6293 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 6294 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6295 continue; 6296 6297 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 6298 break; 6299 } 6300 6301 return MissingPrototype; 6302} 6303 6304void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 6305 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 6306 // was an extern inline function. 6307 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 6308 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 6309 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) { 6310 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 6311 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 6312 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 6313 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 6314 else 6315 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 6316 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6317 } 6318} 6319 6320Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 6321 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 6322 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 6323 6324 if (!D) 6325 return D; 6326 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 6327 6328 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 6329 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 6330 else 6331 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 6332 6333 // Enter a new function scope 6334 PushFunctionScope(); 6335 6336 // See if this is a redefinition. 6337 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 6338 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 6339 6340 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 6341 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 6342 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 6343 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 6344 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6345 } 6346 } 6347 6348 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 6349 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 6350 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 6351 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 6352 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 6353 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 6354 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 6355 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6356 6357 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 6358 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 6359 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 6360 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 6361 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 6362 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 6363 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 6364 6365 if (FnBodyScope) 6366 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 6367 6368 // Check the validity of our function parameters 6369 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 6370 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 6371 6372 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 6373 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 6374 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 6375 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 6376 6377 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 6378 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 6379 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 6380 6381 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 6382 } 6383 } 6384 6385 // Checking attributes of current function definition 6386 // dllimport attribute. 6387 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6388 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 6389 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 6390 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 6391 if (!DA->isInherited() && 6392 !(LangOpts.Microsoft && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 6393 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6394 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 6395 << "dllimport"; 6396 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6397 return FD; 6398 } 6399 6400 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 6401 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 6402 if (!LangOpts.Microsoft) { 6403 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 6404 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 6405 // emitted. 6406 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6407 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 6408 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 6409 } 6410 } 6411 return FD; 6412} 6413 6414/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 6415/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 6416/// optimization. 6417/// 6418/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 6419/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 6420/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 6421/// use the named return value optimization. 6422/// 6423/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 6424/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 6425/// the NRVO variable. 6426/// 6427/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 6428/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 6429/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 6430static void ComputeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 6431 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 6432 6433 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 6434 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 6435 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 6436 return; 6437 6438 if (!NRVOCandidate) 6439 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 6440 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 6441 return; 6442 } 6443 6444 if (NRVOCandidate) 6445 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 6446} 6447 6448Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 6449 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 6450} 6451 6452Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 6453 bool IsInstantiation) { 6454 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 6455 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 6456 if (FunTmpl) 6457 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 6458 else 6459 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 6460 6461 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 6462 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 6463 6464 if (FD) { 6465 FD->setBody(Body); 6466 if (FD->isMain()) { 6467 // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0. 6468 // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 6469 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 6470 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 6471 } else if (FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 6472 // If the function is marked 'naked', don't complain about missing return 6473 // statements. 6474 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 6475 } 6476 6477 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 6478 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 6479 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && FD->isPure()) 6480 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 6481 6482 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6483 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 6484 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 6485 FD->getResultType(), FD); 6486 6487 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 6488 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 6489 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 6490 6491 ComputeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 6492 } 6493 6494 assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); 6495 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 6496 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 6497 MD->setBody(Body); 6498 if (Body) 6499 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 6500 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6501 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 6502 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 6503 MD->getResultType(), MD); 6504 } 6505 } else { 6506 return 0; 6507 } 6508 6509 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 6510 if (Body) { 6511 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 6512 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 6513 // Verify this. 6514 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 6515 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 6516 6517 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 6518 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 6519 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 6520 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 6521 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction()) 6522 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 6523 6524 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 6525 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 6526 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 6527 6528 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 6529 Destructor->getParent()); 6530 } 6531 6532 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 6533 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 6534 // deletion in some later function. 6535 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 6536 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 6537 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 6538 ExprNeedsCleanups = false; 6539 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 6540 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 6541 // enabled. 6542 ActivePolicy = &WP; 6543 } 6544 6545 assert(ExprTemporaries.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 6546 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 6547 } 6548 6549 if (!IsInstantiation) 6550 PopDeclContext(); 6551 6552 PopFunctionOrBlockScope(ActivePolicy, dcl); 6553 6554 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 6555 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 6556 // deletion in some later function. 6557 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 6558 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 6559 ExprNeedsCleanups = false; 6560 } 6561 6562 return dcl; 6563} 6564 6565/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 6566/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 6567NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 6568 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 6569 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 6570 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 6571 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 6572 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 6573 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 6574 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(&II); 6575 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 6576 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 6577 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6578 return Pos->second; 6579 } 6580 6581 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 6582 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 6583 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II; 6584 else if (getLangOptions().C99) 6585 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 6586 else 6587 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 6588 6589 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 6590 const char *Dummy; 6591 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 6592 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 6593 unsigned DiagID; 6594 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 6595 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 6596 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 6597 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 6598 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 6599 0, 0, true, SourceLocation(), 6600 SourceLocation(), 6601 EST_None, SourceLocation(), 6602 0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D), 6603 DS.getAttributes(), 6604 SourceLocation()); 6605 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 6606 6607 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 6608 6609 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 6610 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 6611 6612 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 6613 FD->setImplicit(); 6614 6615 CurContext = PrevDC; 6616 6617 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 6618 6619 return FD; 6620} 6621 6622/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 6623/// the declaration of this function. 6624/// 6625/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 6626/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 6627/// like NSLog or printf. 6628/// 6629/// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 6630/// attributes are applied to declarations. 6631void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 6632 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6633 return; 6634 6635 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 6636 // actual attributes. 6637 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 6638 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 6639 unsigned FormatIdx; 6640 bool HasVAListArg; 6641 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 6642 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6643 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6644 "printf", FormatIdx+1, 6645 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 6646 } 6647 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 6648 HasVAListArg)) { 6649 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6650 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6651 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 6652 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 6653 } 6654 6655 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 6656 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 6657 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 6658 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && 6659 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 6660 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 6661 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6662 } 6663 6664 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 6665 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6666 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 6667 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6668 } 6669 6670 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 6671 if (!Name) 6672 return; 6673 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6674 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 6675 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 6676 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 6677 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 6678 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 6679 // about. 6680 } else 6681 return; 6682 6683 if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) { 6684 // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific 6685 if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 6686 // FIXME: We known better than our headers. 6687 const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf"); 6688 } else 6689 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6690 "printf", 1, 6691 Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2)); 6692 } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 6693 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 6694 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 6695 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6696 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6697 "printf", 2, 6698 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 6699 } 6700} 6701 6702TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 6703 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 6704 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 6705 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 6706 6707 if (!TInfo) { 6708 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 6709 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 6710 } 6711 6712 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 6713 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 6714 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 6715 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6716 D.getIdentifier(), 6717 TInfo); 6718 6719 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 6720 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 6721 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 6722 return NewTD; 6723 } 6724 6725 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 6726 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 6727 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 6728 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 6729 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 6730 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 6731 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 6732 case TST_enum: 6733 case TST_struct: 6734 case TST_union: 6735 case TST_class: { 6736 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 6737 6738 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 6739 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 6740 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 6741 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 6742 6743 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 6744 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 6745 6746 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 6747 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 6748 break; 6749 6750 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 6751 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 6752 break; 6753 } 6754 6755 default: 6756 break; 6757 } 6758 6759 return NewTD; 6760} 6761 6762 6763/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 6764/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 6765/// 6766/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 6767bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 6768 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 6769 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 6770 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 6771 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 6772 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 6773 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 6774 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 6775 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 6776 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 6777 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 6778 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 6779 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 6780 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 6781 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 6782 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 6783 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 6784 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 6785 if (!isDefinition || (NewTag != TTK_Class && NewTag != TTK_Struct)) 6786 if (OldTag == NewTag) 6787 return true; 6788 6789 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 6790 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 6791 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 6792 bool isTemplate = false; 6793 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 6794 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 6795 6796 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 6797 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 6798 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 6799 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 6800 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name; 6801 return true; 6802 } 6803 6804 if (isDefinition) { 6805 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 6806 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 6807 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 6808 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 6809 return true; 6810 } 6811 6812 bool previousMismatch = false; 6813 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 6814 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 6815 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 6816 if (!previousMismatch) { 6817 previousMismatch = true; 6818 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 6819 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name; 6820 } 6821 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 6822 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 6823 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 6824 NewTag == TTK_Class? 6825 "class" : "struct"); 6826 } 6827 } 6828 return true; 6829 } 6830 6831 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 6832 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 6833 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 6834 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 6835 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 6836 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 6837 return true; 6838 } 6839 6840 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 6841 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 6842 << isTemplate << &Name; 6843 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6844 6845 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 6846 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 6847 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 6848 << (Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class) 6849 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 6850 Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 6851 } 6852 6853 return true; 6854 } 6855 return false; 6856} 6857 6858/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 6859/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 6860/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 6861/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 6862Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 6863 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6864 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 6865 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 6866 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 6867 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 6868 bool ScopedEnum, bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 6869 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 6870 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 6871 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 6872 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 6873 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 6874 6875 OwnedDecl = false; 6876 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 6877 6878 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 6879 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6880 bool Invalid = false; 6881 6882 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 6883 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 6884 // for non-C++ cases. 6885 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 6886 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 6887 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 6888 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 6889 TemplateParameterLists.get(), 6890 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 6891 TUK == TUK_Friend, 6892 isExplicitSpecialization, 6893 Invalid)) { 6894 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6895 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 6896 // be a member of another template). 6897 6898 if (Invalid) 6899 return 0; 6900 6901 OwnedDecl = false; 6902 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 6903 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 6904 TemplateParams, AS, 6905 TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, 6906 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 6907 return Result.get(); 6908 } else { 6909 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 6910 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 6911 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 6912 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 6913 } 6914 } 6915 } 6916 6917 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 6918 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 6919 // redeclaration. 6920 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 6921 6922 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 6923 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 6924 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 6925 // type, default to int. 6926 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6927 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 6928 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 6929 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 6930 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 6931 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 6932 EnumUnderlying = TI; 6933 6934 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 6935 6936 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) { 6937 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) 6938 << T; 6939 // Recover by falling back to int. 6940 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6941 } 6942 6943 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(UnderlyingLoc, TI, 6944 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 6945 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6946 6947 } else if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 6948 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 6949 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6950 } 6951 6952 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 6953 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 6954 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 6955 6956 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 6957 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 6958 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 6959 6960 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 6961 6962 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 6963 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 6964 6965 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 6966 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 6967 Name = 0; 6968 goto CreateNewDecl; 6969 } 6970 6971 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 6972 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 6973 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 6974 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 6975 if (!DC) { 6976 IsDependent = true; 6977 return 0; 6978 } 6979 } else { 6980 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 6981 if (!DC) { 6982 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 6983 << SS.getRange(); 6984 return 0; 6985 } 6986 } 6987 6988 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 6989 return 0; 6990 6991 SearchDC = DC; 6992 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 6993 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 6994 6995 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 6996 return 0; 6997 6998 if (Previous.empty()) { 6999 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 7000 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 7001 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 7002 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 7003 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 7004 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 7005 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 7006 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 7007 IsDependent = true; 7008 return 0; 7009 } 7010 7011 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 7012 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 7013 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 7014 Name = 0; 7015 Invalid = true; 7016 goto CreateNewDecl; 7017 } 7018 } else if (Name) { 7019 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 7020 // declaration or definition. 7021 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 7022 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 7023 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 7024 LookupName(Previous, S); 7025 7026 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 7027 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 7028 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 7029 while (F.hasNext()) { 7030 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 7031 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 7032 F.erase(); 7033 } 7034 F.done(); 7035 } 7036 7037 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 7038 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 7039 return 0; 7040 7041 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 7042 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 7043 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 7044 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 7045 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 7046 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 7047 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 7048 } 7049 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 7050 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 7051 // initial context to the translation unit. 7052 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 7053 } 7054 7055 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 7056 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 7057 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7058 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 7059 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7060 Previous.clear(); 7061 } 7062 7063 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 7064 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 7065 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 7066 isStdBadAlloc = true; 7067 7068 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 7069 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 7070 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 7071 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 7072 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 7073 } 7074 } 7075 7076 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 7077 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 7078 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 7079 // there's a shadow friend decl. 7080 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 7081 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 7082 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 7083 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 7084 7085 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 7086 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 7087 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 7088 // 7089 // class-key identifier 7090 // 7091 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 7092 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 7093 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 7094 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 7095 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 7096 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 7097 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 7098 // declaration. 7099 // 7100 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 7101 // C structs and unions. 7102 // 7103 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 7104 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 7105 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 7106 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 7107 // 7108 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 7109 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 7110 // 7111 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 7112 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 7113 // lexical context, 7114 while (SearchDC->isRecord() || SearchDC->isTransparentContext()) 7115 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 7116 7117 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 7118 while (S->isClassScope() || 7119 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7120 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 7121 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 7122 (S->getEntity() && 7123 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 7124 S = S->getParent(); 7125 } else { 7126 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 7127 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 7128 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 7129 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 7130 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 7131 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 7132 } 7133 7134 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 7135 // diagnose some problems. 7136 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7137 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 7138 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 7139 } 7140 } 7141 7142 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7143 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 7144 7145 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 7146 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 7147 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 7148 // in C++. 7149 // 7150 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 7151 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 7152 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 7153 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 7154 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7155 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7156 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 7157 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 7158 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 7159 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 7160 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 7161 PrevDecl = Tag; 7162 Previous.clear(); 7163 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 7164 Previous.resolveKind(); 7165 } 7166 } 7167 } 7168 } 7169 7170 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7171 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 7172 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 7173 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 7174 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 7175 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 7176 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 7177 // struct or something similar. 7178 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 7179 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 7180 *Name)) { 7181 bool SafeToContinue 7182 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 7183 Kind != TTK_Enum); 7184 if (SafeToContinue) 7185 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 7186 << Name 7187 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 7188 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 7189 else 7190 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 7191 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7192 7193 if (SafeToContinue) 7194 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 7195 else { 7196 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 7197 Name = 0; 7198 Previous.clear(); 7199 Invalid = true; 7200 } 7201 } 7202 7203 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 7204 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 7205 7206 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 7207 // returning the previous declaration. 7208 if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) { 7209 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 7210 << PrevEnum->isScoped(); 7211 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7212 return PrevTagDecl; 7213 } 7214 else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 7215 QualType T; 7216 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 7217 T = TI->getType(); 7218 else 7219 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0); 7220 7221 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) { 7222 Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 7223 diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 7224 << T 7225 << PrevEnum->getIntegerType(); 7226 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7227 return PrevTagDecl; 7228 } 7229 } 7230 else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 7231 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 7232 << PrevEnum->isFixed(); 7233 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7234 return PrevTagDecl; 7235 } 7236 } 7237 7238 if (!Invalid) { 7239 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 7240 7241 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 7242 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 7243 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 7244 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 7245 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 7246 getLangOptions().Microsoft)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 7247 return PrevTagDecl; 7248 7249 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 7250 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 7251 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 7252 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 7253 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 7254 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 7255 if (!isExplicitSpecialization || 7256 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) || 7257 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7258 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 7259 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 7260 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7261 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 7262 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 7263 // references get the previous definition. 7264 Name = 0; 7265 Previous.clear(); 7266 Invalid = true; 7267 } 7268 } else { 7269 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 7270 // about a nested redefinition. 7271 const TagType *Tag 7272 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 7273 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 7274 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 7275 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 7276 diag::note_previous_definition); 7277 Name = 0; 7278 Previous.clear(); 7279 Invalid = true; 7280 } 7281 } 7282 7283 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 7284 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 7285 } 7286 } 7287 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 7288 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 7289 7290 } else { 7291 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 7292 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 7293 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 7294 // have distinct types. 7295 Previous.clear(); 7296 } 7297 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 7298 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 7299 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 7300 7301 7302 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 7303 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 7304 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 7305 } else { 7306 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus); 7307 7308 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 7309 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 7310 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 7311 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 7312 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 7313 unsigned Kind = 0; 7314 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 7315 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 7316 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 7317 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 7318 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 7319 Invalid = true; 7320 7321 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 7322 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 7323 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 7324 // do nothing 7325 7326 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 7327 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 7328 unsigned Kind = 0; 7329 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 7330 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 7331 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 7332 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 7333 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 7334 Invalid = true; 7335 7336 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 7337 // case here. 7338 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7339 unsigned Kind = 0; 7340 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 7341 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 7342 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 7343 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 7344 Invalid = true; 7345 7346 // Otherwise, diagnose. 7347 } else { 7348 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 7349 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 7350 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 7351 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7352 Name = 0; 7353 Invalid = true; 7354 } 7355 7356 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 7357 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 7358 Previous.clear(); 7359 } 7360 } 7361 7362CreateNewDecl: 7363 7364 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 7365 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 7366 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 7367 7368 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 7369 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 7370 // keyword. 7371 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 7372 7373 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 7374 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 7375 // PrevDecl. 7376 TagDecl *New; 7377 7378 bool IsForwardReference = false; 7379 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 7380 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 7381 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 7382 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7383 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 7384 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 7385 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 7386 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 7387 TagDecl *Def; 7388 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 7389 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 7390 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 7391 } 7392 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 7393 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 7394 << New; 7395 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7396 } else { 7397 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 7398 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 7399 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 7400 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7401 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 7402 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 7403 7404 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 7405 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 7406 // the declaration context. 7407 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 7408 IsForwardReference = true; 7409 } 7410 } 7411 7412 if (EnumUnderlying) { 7413 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 7414 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 7415 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 7416 else 7417 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 7418 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 7419 } 7420 7421 } else { 7422 // struct/union/class 7423 7424 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 7425 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 7426 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7427 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 7428 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7429 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 7430 7431 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 7432 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 7433 } else 7434 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7435 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 7436 } 7437 7438 // Maybe add qualifier info. 7439 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 7440 if (SS.isSet()) { 7441 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 7442 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 7443 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7444 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 7445 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 7446 } 7447 } 7448 else 7449 Invalid = true; 7450 } 7451 7452 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 7453 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 7454 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 7455 // 7456 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 7457 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 7458 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 7459 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 7460 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 7461 // parsing of the struct). 7462 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 7463 7464 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 7465 } 7466 7467 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 7468 // check the specialization. 7469 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 7470 Invalid = true; 7471 7472 if (Invalid) 7473 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7474 7475 if (Attr) 7476 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 7477 7478 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 7479 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 7480 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7481 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 7482 7483 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 7484 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 7485 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7486 7487 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 7488 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 7489 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 7490 // the tag name visible. 7491 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 7492 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 7493 getLangOptions().Microsoft); 7494 7495 // Set the access specifier. 7496 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 7497 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 7498 7499 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 7500 New->startDefinition(); 7501 7502 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 7503 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 7504 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 7505 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 7506 if (PrevDecl) 7507 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 7508 7509 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 7510 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 7511 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 7512 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 7513 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 7514 } else if (Name) { 7515 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 7516 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 7517 if (IsForwardReference) 7518 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 7519 7520 } else { 7521 CurContext->addDecl(New); 7522 } 7523 7524 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 7525 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 7526 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 7527 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 7528 II->isStr("FILE")) 7529 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 7530 7531 OwnedDecl = true; 7532 return New; 7533} 7534 7535void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 7536 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7537 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7538 7539 // Enter the tag context. 7540 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 7541} 7542 7543void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7544 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 7545 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 7546 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7547 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 7548 7549 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 7550 7551 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 7552 return; 7553 7554 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 7555 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 7556 7557 // C++ [class]p2: 7558 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 7559 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 7560 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 7561 // as if it were a public member name. 7562 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 7563 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 7564 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 7565 Record->getIdentifier(), 7566 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 7567 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 7568 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 7569 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 7570 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 7571 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 7572 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 7573 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 7574 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 7575 "Broken injected-class-name"); 7576} 7577 7578void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7579 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 7580 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7581 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7582 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 7583 7584 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 7585 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 7586 7587 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 7588 PopDeclContext(); 7589 7590 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 7591 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 7592} 7593 7594void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 7595 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7596 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7597 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 7598 7599 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 7600 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 7601 // the FieldCollector. 7602 7603 PopDeclContext(); 7604} 7605 7606// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 7607bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7608 QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth, 7609 bool *ZeroWidth) { 7610 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 7611 if (ZeroWidth) 7612 *ZeroWidth = true; 7613 7614 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 7615 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 7616 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 7617 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 7618 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 7619 return true; 7620 if (FieldName) 7621 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 7622 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 7623 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 7624 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 7625 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 7626 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 7627 return true; 7628 7629 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 7630 // it now. 7631 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 7632 return false; 7633 7634 llvm::APSInt Value; 7635 if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) 7636 return true; 7637 7638 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 7639 *ZeroWidth = false; 7640 7641 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 7642 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 7643 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 7644 7645 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 7646 if (FieldName) 7647 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 7648 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 7649 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 7650 << Value.toString(10); 7651 } 7652 7653 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 7654 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 7655 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 7656 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7657 if (FieldName) 7658 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7659 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 7660 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7661 7662 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7663 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7664 } 7665 7666 if (FieldName) 7667 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7668 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 7669 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7670 else 7671 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7672 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7673 } 7674 } 7675 7676 return false; 7677} 7678 7679/// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 7680/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 7681Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 7682 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) { 7683 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 7684 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 7685 /*HasInit=*/false, AS_public); 7686 return Res; 7687} 7688 7689/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 7690/// 7691FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 7692 SourceLocation DeclStart, 7693 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit, 7694 AccessSpecifier AS) { 7695 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 7696 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 7697 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 7698 7699 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7700 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 7701 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7702 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 7703 7704 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 7705 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 7706 D.setInvalidType(); 7707 T = Context.IntTy; 7708 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 7709 } 7710 } 7711 7712 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 7713 7714 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 7715 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 7716 7717 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 7718 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 7719 LookupName(Previous, S); 7720 assert((Previous.empty() || Previous.isOverloadedResult() || 7721 Previous.isSingleResult()) 7722 && "Lookup of member name should be either overloaded, single or null"); 7723 7724 // If the name is overloaded then get any declaration else get the single result 7725 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.isOverloadedResult() ? 7726 Previous.getRepresentativeDecl() : Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 7727 7728 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7729 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7730 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 7731 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7732 PrevDecl = 0; 7733 } 7734 7735 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 7736 PrevDecl = 0; 7737 7738 bool Mutable 7739 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 7740 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7741 FieldDecl *NewFD 7742 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, HasInit, 7743 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 7744 7745 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7746 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7747 7748 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 7749 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 7750 // with the same name in the same scope. 7751 } else if (II) { 7752 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 7753 } else 7754 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 7755 7756 return NewFD; 7757} 7758 7759/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 7760/// 7761/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 7762/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 7763/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 7764/// created. 7765/// 7766/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 7767/// 7768/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 7769FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 7770 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7771 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 7772 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit, 7773 SourceLocation TSSL, 7774 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 7775 Declarator *D) { 7776 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 7777 bool InvalidDecl = false; 7778 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 7779 7780 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 7781 // marking this declaration as invalid. 7782 if (T.isNull()) { 7783 InvalidDecl = true; 7784 T = Context.IntTy; 7785 } 7786 7787 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 7788 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && 7789 RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 7790 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 7791 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7792 InvalidDecl = true; 7793 } 7794 7795 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 7796 // than a variably modified type. 7797 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7798 bool SizeIsNegative; 7799 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7800 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 7801 SizeIsNegative, 7802 Oversized); 7803 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 7804 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 7805 T = FixedTy; 7806 } else { 7807 if (SizeIsNegative) 7808 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 7809 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 7810 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 7811 << Oversized.toString(10); 7812 else 7813 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 7814 InvalidDecl = true; 7815 } 7816 } 7817 7818 // Fields can not have abstract class types 7819 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 7820 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7821 AbstractFieldType)) 7822 InvalidDecl = true; 7823 7824 bool ZeroWidth = false; 7825 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 7826 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth && 7827 VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) { 7828 InvalidDecl = true; 7829 BitWidth = 0; 7830 ZeroWidth = false; 7831 } 7832 7833 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 7834 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 7835 unsigned DiagID = 0; 7836 if (T->isReferenceType()) 7837 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 7838 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 7839 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 7840 7841 if (DiagID) { 7842 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 7843 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 7844 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 7845 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 7846 Mutable = false; 7847 InvalidDecl = true; 7848 } 7849 } 7850 7851 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 7852 BitWidth, Mutable, HasInit); 7853 if (InvalidDecl) 7854 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7855 7856 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7857 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 7858 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7859 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7860 } 7861 7862 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7863 if (Record->isUnion()) { 7864 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7865 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 7866 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 7867 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 7868 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 7869 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 7870 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 7871 // objects. 7872 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 7873 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7874 } 7875 } 7876 7877 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 7878 // the program is ill-formed. 7879 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 7880 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 7881 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 7882 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7883 } 7884 } 7885 } 7886 7887 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 7888 // representation, not a parser representation. 7889 if (D) 7890 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 7891 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 7892 7893 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 7894 // retainable type. 7895 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 7896 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7897 7898 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 7899 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 7900 7901 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 7902 return NewFD; 7903} 7904 7905bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 7906 assert(FD); 7907 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 7908 7909 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7910 return true; 7911 7912 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 7913 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7914 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 7915 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 7916 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 7917 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 7918 // copy constructors. 7919 7920 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 7921 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 7922 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 7923 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 7924 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 7925 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 7926 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 7927 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 7928 member = CXXDestructor; 7929 7930 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 7931 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 7932 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 7933 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 7934 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 7935 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 7936 // members unavailable. 7937 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7938 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 7939 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 7940 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 7941 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 7942 return false; 7943 } 7944 } 7945 7946 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 7947 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 7948 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 7949 return true; 7950 } 7951 } 7952 } 7953 7954 return false; 7955} 7956 7957/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 7958/// special member, figure out why. 7959void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 7960 QualType QT(T, 0U); 7961 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 7962 7963 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 7964 switch (member) { 7965 case CXXInvalid: 7966 break; 7967 7968 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 7969 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 7970 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 7971 for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){ 7972 const FunctionDecl *body = 0; 7973 ci->hasBody(body); 7974 if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) { 7975 SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation(); 7976 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7977 return; 7978 } 7979 } 7980 7981 assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors"); 7982 return; 7983 } 7984 break; 7985 7986 case CXXCopyConstructor: 7987 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 7988 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 7989 RD->getCopyConstructor(0)->getLocation(); 7990 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7991 return; 7992 } 7993 break; 7994 7995 case CXXMoveConstructor: 7996 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor()) { 7997 SourceLocation CtorLoc = RD->getMoveConstructor()->getLocation(); 7998 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7999 return; 8000 } 8001 break; 8002 8003 case CXXCopyAssignment: 8004 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 8005 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 8006 // assignment, not the type. 8007 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8008 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8009 return; 8010 } 8011 break; 8012 8013 case CXXMoveAssignment: 8014 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) { 8015 SourceLocation AssignLoc = RD->getMoveAssignmentOperator()->getLocation(); 8016 Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8017 return; 8018 } 8019 break; 8020 8021 case CXXDestructor: 8022 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 8023 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 8024 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8025 return; 8026 } 8027 break; 8028 } 8029 8030 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 8031 8032 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 8033 // but not trivial destruction. 8034 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 8035 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 8036 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 8037 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 8038 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 8039 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8040 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 8041 return; 8042 } 8043 8044 // Check for virtual methods. 8045 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 8046 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 8047 ++mi) { 8048 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 8049 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8050 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 8051 return; 8052 } 8053 } 8054 } 8055 8056 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 8057 switch (member) { 8058 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 8059 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDefaultConstructor; break; 8060 case CXXCopyConstructor: 8061 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 8062 case CXXCopyAssignment: 8063 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 8064 case CXXDestructor: 8065 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 8066 default: 8067 assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return; 8068 } 8069 8070 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 8071 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 8072 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 8073 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 8074 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 8075 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 8076 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8077 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 8078 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 8079 return; 8080 } 8081 } 8082 8083 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 8084 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 8085 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 8086 ++fi) { 8087 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); 8088 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8089 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 8090 8091 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 8092 SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); 8093 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 8094 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 8095 return; 8096 } 8097 } 8098 8099 if (EltTy->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 8100 switch (EltTy.getObjCLifetime()) { 8101 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 8102 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 8103 break; 8104 8105 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 8106 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 8107 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 8108 Diag((*fi)->getLocation(), diag::note_nontrivial_objc_ownership) 8109 << QT << EltTy.getObjCLifetime(); 8110 return; 8111 } 8112 } 8113 } 8114 8115 assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 8116} 8117 8118/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 8119/// AST enum value. 8120static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 8121TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 8122 switch (ivarVisibility) { 8123 default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); 8124 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 8125 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 8126 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 8127 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 8128 } 8129} 8130 8131/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 8132/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 8133Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 8134 SourceLocation DeclStart, 8135 Decl *IntfDecl, 8136 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth, 8137 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 8138 8139 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 8140 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 8141 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 8142 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 8143 8144 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 8145 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 8146 8147 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 8148 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 8149 8150 if (BitWidth) { 8151 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 8152 if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { 8153 D.setInvalidType(); 8154 BitWidth = 0; 8155 } 8156 } else { 8157 // Not a bitfield. 8158 8159 // validate II. 8160 8161 } 8162 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 8163 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 8164 D.setInvalidType(); 8165 } 8166 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 8167 // than a variably modified type. 8168 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8169 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 8170 D.setInvalidType(); 8171 } 8172 8173 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 8174 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 8175 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 8176 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 8177 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 8178 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(IntfDecl); 8179 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 8180 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 8181 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8182 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 8183 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 8184 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 8185 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 8186 } 8187 else 8188 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 8189 } else { 8190 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 8191 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8192 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 8193 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 8194 return 0; 8195 } 8196 } 8197 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 8198 } 8199 8200 // Construct the decl. 8201 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 8202 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 8203 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 8204 8205 if (II) { 8206 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 8207 ForRedeclaration); 8208 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 8209 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8210 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 8211 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8212 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 8213 } 8214 } 8215 8216 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 8217 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 8218 8219 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8220 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 8221 8222 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 8223 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 8224 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 8225 8226 if (II) { 8227 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 8228 // these to the interface. 8229 S->AddDecl(NewID); 8230 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 8231 } 8232 8233 return NewID; 8234} 8235 8236/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 8237/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 8238/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 8239/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 8240void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 8241 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 8242 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 8243 return; 8244 8245 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 8246 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 8247 8248 if (!Ivar->isBitField()) 8249 return; 8250 uint64_t BitFieldSize = 8251 Ivar->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue(); 8252 if (BitFieldSize == 0) 8253 return; 8254 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 8255 if (!ID) { 8256 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8257 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 8258 return; 8259 } 8260 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 8261 else 8262 return; 8263 } 8264 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 8265 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy), 0); 8266 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.CharTy, DeclLoc); 8267 8268 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl), 8269 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 8270 Context.CharTy, 8271 Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy), 8272 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 8273 true); 8274 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 8275} 8276 8277void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 8278 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 8279 Decl **Fields, unsigned NumFields, 8280 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 8281 AttributeList *Attr) { 8282 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 8283 8284 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 8285 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 8286 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8287 // FIXME: Deallocate fields? 8288 return; 8289 } 8290 8291 8292 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 8293 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 8294 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 8295 8296 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 8297 bool ARCErrReported = false; 8298 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { 8299 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i]); 8300 8301 // Get the type for the field. 8302 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 8303 8304 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 8305 // Remember all fields written by the user. 8306 RecFields.push_back(FD); 8307 } 8308 8309 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 8310 // diagnostics about it. 8311 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8312 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8313 continue; 8314 } 8315 8316 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 8317 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 8318 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 8319 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 8320 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 8321 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 8322 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 8323 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 8324 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 8325 // array. 8326 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 8327 // Field declared as a function. 8328 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 8329 << FD->getDeclName(); 8330 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8331 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8332 continue; 8333 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 8334 ((i == NumFields - 1 && !Record->isUnion()) || 8335 ((getLangOptions().Microsoft || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) && 8336 (i == NumFields - 1 || Record->isUnion())))) { 8337 // Flexible array member. 8338 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 8339 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 8340 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 8341 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 8342 if (Record->isUnion()) 8343 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 8344 << FD->getDeclName(); 8345 else if (NumFields == 1) 8346 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 8347 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 8348 } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8349 if (Record->isUnion()) 8350 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 8351 << FD->getDeclName(); 8352 else if (NumFields == 1) 8353 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 8354 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 8355 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 8356 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 8357 << FD->getDeclName(); 8358 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8359 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8360 continue; 8361 } 8362 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 8363 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 8364 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 8365 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 8366 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8367 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8368 continue; 8369 } 8370 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 8371 if (Record) 8372 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 8373 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 8374 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 8375 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 8376 // Incomplete type 8377 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8378 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8379 continue; 8380 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8381 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 8382 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 8383 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 8384 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 8385 } else { 8386 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 8387 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 8388 // structures. 8389 if (i != NumFields-1) 8390 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 8391 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 8392 else { 8393 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 8394 // other structs as an extension. 8395 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 8396 << FD->getDeclName(); 8397 if (Record) 8398 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 8399 } 8400 } 8401 } 8402 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 8403 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8404 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 8405 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 8406 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 8407 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8408 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8409 continue; 8410 } 8411 else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8412 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) { 8413 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 8414 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 8415 // so we just make the field unavailable. 8416 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 8417 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 8418 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8419 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 8420 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 8421 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 8422 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 8423 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 8424 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 8425 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 8426 } 8427 } else { 8428 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct); 8429 } 8430 ARCErrReported = true; 8431 } 8432 } 8433 else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 8434 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC && 8435 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 8436 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 8437 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 8438 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8439 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 8440 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 8441 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 8442 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 8443 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8444 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 8445 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 8446 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8447 } 8448 } 8449 } 8450 // Keep track of the number of named members. 8451 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 8452 ++NumNamedMembers; 8453 } 8454 8455 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 8456 if (Record) { 8457 bool Completed = false; 8458 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 8459 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 8460 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 8461 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 8462 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 8463 I != E; ++I) 8464 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 8465 8466 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 8467 // Objective-C Automatic Reference Counting: 8468 // If a class has a non-static data member of Objective-C pointer 8469 // type (or array thereof), it is a non-POD type and its 8470 // default constructor (if any), copy constructor, copy assignment 8471 // operator, and destructor are non-trivial. 8472 // 8473 // This rule is also handled by CXXRecordDecl::completeDefinition(). 8474 // However, here we check whether this particular class is only 8475 // non-POD because of the presence of an Objective-C pointer member. 8476 // If so, objects of this type cannot be shared between code compiled 8477 // with instant objects and code compiled with manual retain/release. 8478 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8479 CXXRecord->hasObjectMember() && 8480 CXXRecord->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) { 8481 if (CXXRecord->isPOD()) { 8482 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 8483 diag::warn_arc_non_pod_class_with_object_member) 8484 << CXXRecord; 8485 } else { 8486 // FIXME: Fix-Its would be nice here, but finding a good location 8487 // for them is going to be tricky. 8488 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 8489 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 8490 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 8491 << CXXRecord << 0; 8492 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 8493 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 8494 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 8495 << CXXRecord << 1; 8496 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor()) 8497 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 8498 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 8499 << CXXRecord << 2; 8500 } 8501 } 8502 8503 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 8504 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 8505 CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) 8506 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 8507 8508 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 8509 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 8510 8511 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 8512 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 8513 // problem now. 8514 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 8515 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 8516 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 8517 8518 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 8519 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 8520 M != MEnd; ++M) { 8521 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 8522 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 8523 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 8524 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 8525 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 8526 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 8527 continue; 8528 8529 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 8530 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 8531 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 8532 // program is ill-formed. 8533 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 8534 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 8535 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 8536 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 8537 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 8538 OM = SO->second.begin(), 8539 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 8540 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 8541 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 8542 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 8543 8544 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 8545 } 8546 } 8547 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 8548 Completed = true; 8549 } 8550 } 8551 } 8552 } 8553 8554 if (!Completed) 8555 Record->completeDefinition(); 8556 8557 // Now that the record is complete, do any delayed exception spec checks 8558 // we were missing. 8559 while (!DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.empty()) { 8560 const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = 8561 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.back().first; 8562 if (Dtor->getParent() != Record) 8563 break; 8564 8565 assert(!Dtor->getParent()->isDependentType() && 8566 "Should not ever add destructors of templates into the list."); 8567 CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(Dtor, 8568 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.back().second); 8569 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.pop_back(); 8570 } 8571 8572 } else { 8573 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 8574 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 8575 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8576 ID->setLocEnd(RBrac); 8577 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 8578 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 8579 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 8580 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 8581 } 8582 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 8583 // duplicates. 8584 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 8585 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 8586 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 8587 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8588 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 8589 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 8590 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 8591 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 8592 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 8593 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 8594 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 8595 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8596 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 8597 // reported as errors elsewhere. 8598 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 8599 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 8600 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 8601 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 8602 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 8603 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 8604 } 8605 } 8606 } 8607 8608 if (Attr) 8609 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 8610 8611 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 8612 // set the visibility of this record. 8613 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 8614 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 8615} 8616 8617/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 8618/// the given type T. 8619static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 8620 llvm::APSInt &Value, 8621 QualType T) { 8622 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 8623 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 8624 8625 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 8626 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 8627 --BitWidth; 8628 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 8629 } 8630 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 8631} 8632 8633// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 8634// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 8635static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 8636 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 8637 // enum checking below. 8638 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 8639 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 8640 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 8641 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 8642 }; 8643 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 8644 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 8645 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 8646 }; 8647 8648 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 8649 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 8650 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 8651 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 8652 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 8653 return Types[I]; 8654 8655 return QualType(); 8656} 8657 8658EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 8659 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 8660 SourceLocation IdLoc, 8661 IdentifierInfo *Id, 8662 Expr *Val) { 8663 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 8664 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 8665 QualType EltTy; 8666 8667 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 8668 Val = 0; 8669 8670 if (Val) { 8671 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 8672 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 8673 else { 8674 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 8675 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 8676 if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 8677 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { 8678 Val = 0; 8679 } else { 8680 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8681 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 8682 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 8683 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 8684 // representable as an int. 8685 8686 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 8687 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 8688 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 8689 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 8690 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 8691 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 8692 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 8693 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8694 } 8695 } 8696 8697 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8698 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8699 8700 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8701 // ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be 8702 // represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed. 8703 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 8704 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 8705 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 8706 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8707 } else 8708 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) 8709 << EltTy; 8710 } else 8711 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8712 } 8713 else { 8714 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8715 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8716 // is the type of its initializing value: 8717 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 8718 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 8719 EltTy = Val->getType(); 8720 } 8721 } 8722 } 8723 } 8724 8725 if (!Val) { 8726 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 8727 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 8728 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 8729 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8730 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8731 // is the type of its initializing value: 8732 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 8733 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 8734 // 8735 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 8736 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 8737 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8738 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8739 } 8740 else { 8741 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 8742 } 8743 } else { 8744 // Assign the last value + 1. 8745 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 8746 ++EnumVal; 8747 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 8748 8749 // Check for overflow on increment. 8750 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 8751 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8752 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8753 // is the type of its initializing value: 8754 // 8755 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 8756 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 8757 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 8758 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 8759 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 8760 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 8761 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 8762 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 8763 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 8764 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 8765 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 8766 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 8767 ++EnumVal; 8768 if (Enum->isFixed()) 8769 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 8770 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 8771 << EnumVal.toString(10) 8772 << EltTy; 8773 else 8774 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 8775 << EnumVal.toString(10); 8776 } else { 8777 EltTy = T; 8778 } 8779 8780 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 8781 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 8782 // value, then increment. 8783 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 8784 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 8785 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 8786 ++EnumVal; 8787 8788 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 8789 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 8790 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 8791 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 8792 // integral type. 8793 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 8794 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 8795 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 8796 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 8797 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 8798 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 8799 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 8800 } 8801 } 8802 } 8803 8804 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 8805 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 8806 // enumerator's type. 8807 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 8808 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 8809 } 8810 8811 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 8812 Val, EnumVal); 8813} 8814 8815 8816Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 8817 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 8818 AttributeList *Attr, 8819 SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) { 8820 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 8821 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 8822 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 8823 Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); 8824 8825 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 8826 // we find one that is. 8827 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 8828 8829 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 8830 // scope. 8831 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 8832 ForRedeclaration); 8833 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 8834 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8835 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 8836 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8837 PrevDecl = 0; 8838 } 8839 8840 if (PrevDecl) { 8841 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 8842 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 8843 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 8844 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 8845 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 8846 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 8847 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 8848 else 8849 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 8850 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8851 return 0; 8852 } 8853 } 8854 8855 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 8856 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 8857 // name different from T: 8858 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 8859 // type 8860 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 8861 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 8862 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 8863 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 8864 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 8865 8866 EnumConstantDecl *New = 8867 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 8868 8869 if (New) { 8870 // Process attributes. 8871 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 8872 8873 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 8874 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 8875 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 8876 } 8877 8878 return New; 8879} 8880 8881void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 8882 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 8883 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 8884 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 8885 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 8886 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 8887 8888 if (Attr) 8889 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 8890 8891 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 8892 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8893 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 8894 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8895 if (!ECD) continue; 8896 8897 ECD->setType(EnumType); 8898 } 8899 8900 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 8901 return; 8902 } 8903 8904 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 8905 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 8906 // emit a warning. 8907 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 8908 unsigned CharWidth = Context.Target.getCharWidth(); 8909 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.Target.getShortWidth(); 8910 8911 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 8912 // reverse the list. 8913 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 8914 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 8915 8916 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 8917 bool AllElementsInt = true; 8918 8919 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8920 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 8921 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8922 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 8923 8924 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 8925 8926 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 8927 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 8928 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 8929 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 8930 else 8931 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 8932 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 8933 8934 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 8935 if (AllElementsInt) 8936 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 8937 } 8938 8939 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 8940 QualType BestType; 8941 unsigned BestWidth; 8942 8943 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 8944 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 8945 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 8946 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 8947 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 8948 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 8949 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 8950 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 8951 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 8952 QualType BestPromotionType; 8953 8954 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 8955 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 8956 // enum definitions. 8957 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 8958 Packed = true; 8959 8960 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8961 BestType = BestPromotionType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8962 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 8963 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 8964 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 8965 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8966 } 8967 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 8968 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 8969 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 8970 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 8971 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 8972 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 8973 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8974 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 8975 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 8976 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 8977 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 8978 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 8979 BestType = Context.IntTy; 8980 BestWidth = IntWidth; 8981 } else { 8982 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); 8983 8984 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 8985 BestType = Context.LongTy; 8986 } else { 8987 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 8988 8989 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 8990 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 8991 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 8992 } 8993 } 8994 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 8995 } else { 8996 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 8997 // all of the enumerator values. 8998 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 8999 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 9000 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 9001 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 9002 BestWidth = CharWidth; 9003 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 9004 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 9005 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 9006 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 9007 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 9008 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 9009 BestWidth = IntWidth; 9010 BestPromotionType 9011 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9012 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 9013 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 9014 (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) { 9015 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 9016 BestPromotionType 9017 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9018 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 9019 } else { 9020 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 9021 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 9022 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 9023 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 9024 BestPromotionType 9025 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9026 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 9027 } 9028 } 9029 9030 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 9031 // the type of the enum if needed. 9032 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 9033 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 9034 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 9035 9036 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 9037 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 9038 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 9039 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 9040 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 9041 9042 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 9043 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 9044 9045 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 9046 // the enum decl type. 9047 QualType NewTy; 9048 unsigned NewWidth; 9049 bool NewSign; 9050 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 9051 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 9052 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 9053 NewWidth = IntWidth; 9054 NewSign = true; 9055 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 9056 // Already the right type! 9057 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9058 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 9059 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 9060 // enumeration. 9061 ECD->setType(EnumType); 9062 continue; 9063 } else { 9064 NewTy = BestType; 9065 NewWidth = BestWidth; 9066 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 9067 } 9068 9069 // Adjust the APSInt value. 9070 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 9071 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 9072 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 9073 9074 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 9075 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 9076 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 9077 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 9078 CK_IntegralCast, 9079 ECD->getInitExpr(), 9080 /*base paths*/ 0, 9081 VK_RValue)); 9082 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9083 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 9084 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 9085 // enumeration. 9086 ECD->setType(EnumType); 9087 else 9088 ECD->setType(NewTy); 9089 } 9090 9091 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 9092 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 9093} 9094 9095Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 9096 SourceLocation StartLoc, 9097 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 9098 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 9099 9100 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 9101 AsmString, StartLoc, 9102 EndLoc); 9103 CurContext->addDecl(New); 9104 return New; 9105} 9106 9107void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 9108 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 9109 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 9110 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 9111 9112 if (PrevDecl) { 9113 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 9114 } else { 9115 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 9116 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 9117 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 9118 } 9119} 9120 9121void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 9122 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 9123 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 9124 SourceLocation NameLoc, 9125 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 9126 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 9127 LookupOrdinaryName); 9128 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 9129 9130 if (PrevDecl) { 9131 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 9132 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 9133 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 9134 } else { 9135 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 9136 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 9137 } 9138} 9139